Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Grocery Stores / Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.

ngvc · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker ngvc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 3332
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC.

2021 ANNUAL REPORT

Pueblo, CO

OUR 5 FOUNDING PRINCIPLES

1.  NUTRITION EDUCATION

2. HIGHEST QUALITY PRODUCTS

3. ALWAYS AFFORDABLE

SM

 PRICING

4. COMMITMENT TO OUR COMMUNITIES

5. COMMITMENT TO OUR good4uSM CREW

NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC.

2021 ANNUAL REPORT

$1,200

1,100
1,000
900

800
700

600

500
400

300

200

100

0

NET SALES (IN MILLIONS)

$769

$849

$904

$1,037

$1,056

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

DAILY AVERAGE COMPARABLE STORE SALES GROWTH

12%

11
10
9

8
7

6

5
4

3

2

1

0

0.1%

5.8%

3.1%

12.0%

0.7%

FY 2017

FY 2018

FY 2019

FY 2020

FY 2021

WE OPERATE 162 STORES IN 20 STATES*

4
14

3

4

3

4

9

12

2

41

6

3
8
6

25

1

6

7

3
1

*as of September 30, 2021

2021 ANNUAL REPORT

DEAR FELLOW STOCKHOLDERS:

Fiscal 2021 was a record setting year of financial performance for Natural Grocers.  We attribute  
our success to many factors, but primarily to our customers’ appreciation for our commitment to our 
founding principles and values, our consistency, and the dedication of our Crew members.  Consumers are 
more focused than ever on health and wellness, and our steadfast commitment to being a leading source 
of high-quality natural and organic products and science-based nutrition education in the communities we 
serve has been instrumental to our success.

During fiscal 2021, our record financial performance included an increase in net sales of 1.8% to  
$1.1 billion and diluted earnings per share of $0.91.  Fiscal 2021 marked our eighteenth consecutive  
year of positive daily average comparable store sales growth.  

Our strong operating results and confidence in our business model enabled us to increase our 
quarterly cash dividend by 43% to $0.10 per common share effective December 2021.  We continue to 
focus on maintaining a strong balance sheet to support our growth strategies and enhance value for 
our stockholders.

In fiscal 2021, we opened three new stores and relocated/remodeled five stores.  The number and timing of 
our new store openings have been adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent supply 
chain disruptions, which have resulted in delays in the construction process and impacted equipment 
availability.  We intend to open four to six new stores in fiscal 2022, and thereafter return to opening 
between six and eight new stores per year, subject to improving conditions for store construction.

Natural Grocers has a legacy of being a values-driven company since its founding in 1955.  Our Five 
Founding Principles include a commitment to our Crew members and communities.  We want to recognize 
our Crew members for their hard work and dedication, which drive our success.  Our Crew members’ 
wellbeing is our priority and we are passionate about ensuring that they are able to live a healthy, balanced 
lifestyle.  We fulfill our commitment to our Crew members by offering a positive work environment, 
good pay, excellent benefits including discounts and store credit, free nutrition education programs and 
opportunities for growth and advancement.  In turn, our Crew members provide world-class customer 
service and an exceptional experience to our customers.  In the last year we expanded our support for  
our Crew and communities in many ways, including:

•  We launched our Natural Grocers Heroes in Aprons Fund.  This is a 501(c)(3) charitable entity 

providing short-term financial assistance to qualifying Crew members or their immediate family 
members who experience unanticipated hardships.  We are excited and proud to have established  
a fund to oversee the company’s legacy of providing support to Crew members. 

•  Through company donations and customer fundraisers, we directed $1 million in monetary donations 

and more than $3 million in in-kind food and product donations to local food banks.

•  The company implemented a permanent pay increase of $1 per hour for hourly store Crew members.  
This increase represented our second $1 per hour increase in the previous 18 months and reflects our 
longstanding commitment to investing in our Crew members.  With this increase, the company-wide 
average hourly pay for full-time store Crew members is now more than $18.00 per hour, including $1.00 
per hour in Vitamin Bucks store credit.

We believe our commitment to carrying carefully vetted, high-quality natural and organic products 
and dietary supplements at Always Affordable Prices™, as well as our focus on providing free nutrition 
education to our customers, differentiate us in the marketplace.  Our model continues to resonate with 
consumers as they have developed a stronger appreciation for the value of healthy nutrition and dietary 
supplements during the COVID-19 pandemic.  While challenges remain in the current operating 
environment, we are proud of our accomplishments during fiscal 2021 and are confident in our ability  
to adapt and effectively manage our business while remaining committed to all of our stakeholders. 

KEMPER ISELY, CO-PRESIDENT

ZEPHYR ISELY, CO-PRESIDENT

This page intentionally left blank

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

Form 10-K 

☒    ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 

OR 

☐    TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-35608 

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

45-5034161 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) 

12612 West Alameda Parkway 
Lakewood, Colorado 80228 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
(303) 986-4600 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.001 par value 

Trading symbol  
NGVC 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 

of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer ☐ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐ 

Accelerated filer ☒ 
Smaller reporting company ☒ 
Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared 
or issued its audit report. ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ 
Based on the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on March 31, 2021, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common 

stock held by non-affiliates was $169,112,362. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding as of December 6, 2021 was 22,643,890. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

The information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated by reference from the 
registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2022 Annual Meeting of the Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after September 30, 2021. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 
Annual Report on Form 10-K 
For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021 

Table of Contents 

Page 
Number 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Business  .......................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ..................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments .........................................................................................................................................  
Properties ......................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings .........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures ...............................................................................................................................................  
Item 4. 

PART II 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ....  
Item 5. 
Reserved .......................................................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ......................................................................................  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data .............................................................................................................  
Item 8. 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ........................................  
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ...............................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information .........................................................................................................................................................  

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................................  
Executive Compensation ..............................................................................................................................................  
Item 11. 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ......................  
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ..............................................................  
Item 13. 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services .......................................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

PART III 

Item 15. 

PART IV 
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ......................................................................................................................  

1 
18 
40 
41 
41 
41 

42 
42 
43 
55 
56 
80 
80 
80 

81 
81 
81 
81 
81 

82 

SIGNATURES ................................................................................................................................................................................. 

85 

i 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
This page intentionally left blank

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated: (i) all references herein to ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us,’’ ‘‘our,’’ 
‘‘Natural Grocers’’ or the “Company’’ refer collectively to Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries 
and (ii) all references to a “fiscal year” refer to a year beginning on October 1 of the previous year and ending on September 30 of such 
year (for example “fiscal year 2021” refers to the year from October 1, 2020 to September 30, 2021). 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (this  Form 10-K)  includes  forward-looking statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private 
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 in addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are included throughout 
this Form 10-K, including in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations.” All statements that are not statements of historical fact, including those that relate to matters such as 
our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital 
expenditures, liquidity and capital resources, future growth, pending legal proceedings and other financial and operating information, are 
forward looking statements. We may use the words “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” 
“may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “target” and similar terms and phrases to identify forward-looking statements in 
this Form 10-K. 

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to 
uncertainty  and  changes  in  circumstances.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  future  developments  affecting  us  will  be  those  that  we  have 
anticipated.  Actual results  may differ  materially  from  these expectations  due  to changes  in  global,  national,  regional  or local  political, 
economic, business, competitive, market, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, our actual results 
could  differ  materially  from  the  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Form  10-K  due  to  risks  and  challenges  related  to  the  COVID-19 
pandemic and the resulting government mandates, including: the length of time that the COVID-19 pandemic continues; the inability of 
customers to shop due to illness or quarantine, isolation or stay-at-home orders; shifts in demand to more online shopping or to lower-
priced or other perceived value offerings; the temporary inability of our employees to work due to illness; temporary store closures due to 
infections at our stores or government mandates; stay-at-home measures, safety directives and operating requirements imposed by local, 
state or federal governmental authorities; the extent and duration of adverse economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic 
and  government  mandates,  including  its  impact  on  consumer  spending,  the  unemployment  rate,  interest  rates  and  inflationary  and 
deflationary trends; disruptions in the production of the products we sell; disruptions in the delivery of products to our stores; increased 
operating  costs;  and  the  extent  and  effectiveness  of  any  COVID-19-related  stimulus  packages  implemented  by  the  federal  and  state 
governments. We believe that these factors include those described in “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties 
materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these 
forward-looking statements. 

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of this report. Factors or events that 
could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no 
obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, 
except as may be required by applicable securities laws. You are advised, however, to consult any disclosures we may make in our future 
reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC). Our reports and other filings with the SEC are available at the SEC’s 
website  at  www.sec.gov.  Our  reports  and  other  filings  with  the  SEC  are  also  available,  free  of  charge,  through  our  website  at 
www.naturalgrocers.com. 

PART I 

Item 1. Business. 

General 

Natural  Grocers  is  an  expanding  specialty  retailer  of  natural  and  organic  groceries  and  dietary  supplements.  We  focus  on 
providing high-quality products at affordable prices, exceptional customer service, nutrition education and community outreach. We strive 
to generate long-term relationships with our customers based on transparency and trust by: 

● 

● 

selling only natural and organic groceries, body care products and dietary supplements that meet our strict quality guidelines 
- we do not approve for sale grocery products that are known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners
or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils; 

utilizing an efficient and flexible smaller-store format to offer affordable prices and a convenient, clean and shopper-friendly 
retail environment; 

1 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
● 

enhancing our customers’ shopping experience by providing free science-based nutrition education to help our customers 
make well-informed health and nutrition choices; and 

● 

incorporating principles of ecological sustainability into our product standards and Company practices. 

Our History and Founding Principles 

Our founders, Margaret and Philip Isely, were early proponents of the connection between health and the use of natural and 
organic products and dietary supplements. In the mid-1950’s, Margaret transformed her health and the health of her family by applying 
concepts and principles she learned from books on nutrition. This inspired the Iselys to provide the same type of nutrition education to 
their community. The Iselys started by lending books on nutrition and providing samples of whole grain bread door-to-door in Golden, 
Colorado and subsequently concluded they could develop a viable business that would also improve their customers’ wellbeing. Over time, 
they fostered relationships through nutrition education and began taking orders for dietary supplements, whole grain bread and unprocessed 
foods. As their customers gained more knowledge about nutrition, they were empowered to make changes to their diets with the objective 
of supporting their health. Using this model as the foundation for their business, the Iselys opened their first store in 1958. 

We are committed to maintaining the following founding principles, which have helped foster our growth: 

●  Nutrition Education. We provide nutrition education in the communities we serve. Empowering our customers and our 
employees (or our Crew members) to take charge of their lives and their health is the foundation upon which our business 
is built. 

●  Quality. Every product on our shelves must go through a rigorous screening and approval process. Our mission includes 
providing  the  highest  quality  groceries  and  supplements,  Natural  Grocers  branded  products  and  only  United  States 
Department of Agriculture (USDA) certified organic, fresh produce. 

●  Always Affordable PriceSM. We work hard to secure the best possible prices on all of our customers’ favorite natural and 
organic foods and supplements. We believe everyone should be able to afford to help take care of their health by buying 
high-quality competitively priced natural and organic products. 

●  Community. From free nutrition education lectures, to bag-free checkouts, to sourcing local products, to our fundraising 

and donation programs, we strive to serve the communities that help shape our world. 

●  Our Crew members. Our Crew members make our Company great. We work hard to ensure that our Crew members are 
able to live a healthy, balanced lifestyle. We support them with free nutrition education programs, good pay and excellent 
benefits. 

In 1998, the second generation of the Isely family, including Kemper Isely, Zephyr Isely, Heather Isely and Elizabeth Isely, 
purchased our predecessor and the Vitamin Cottage® trademark and assumed control of the business. Since then, we have grown our store 
count from 11 stores in Colorado to 162 stores in 20 states as of September 30, 2021. We have also implemented numerous organizational 
and operational improvements that have enhanced our ability to scale our operations. We believe that by staying true to our founding 
principles,  we  have  been  able  to  continue  to  attract  new  customers,  extend  our  geographic  reach  and  further  solidify  our  competitive 
position. 

Our Markets 

We operate within the natural products retail industry, which is a subset of the United States grocery industry and the dietary 
supplement  business.  This  industry  includes  conventional  supermarkets,  natural,  gourmet  and  specialty  food  markets,  domestic  and 
foreign-based  mass  and  discount  retailers,  warehouse  clubs,  independent  health  food  stores,  dietary  supplement  retailers,  drug  stores, 
farmers’ markets, food co-ops, online retailers, meal delivery services and multi-level marketers. Industry-wide sales of natural and organic 
foods and dietary supplements have grown over the past several years, and we believe that growth will continue for the foreseeable future. 

We believe the growth in sales of natural and organic foods and dietary supplements continues to be driven by numerous factors, 

including: 

● 

● 

greater consumer focus on high-quality nutritional products; 

an increased awareness of the importance of good nutrition to long-term wellness; 

2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

increased awareness by consumers of the importance of building and maintaining a strong immune system to mitigate health
risks; 

an aging United States population seeking to support healthy aging; 

heightened consumer awareness about the importance of food quality and a desire to avoid toxic residues, hormones, growth
promoters, artificial ingredients and genetically engineered ingredients in foods; 

concerns regarding antibiotic resistance caused by industrial livestock production practices; 

growing consumer concerns over the use of harmful chemical additives in body care and household cleaning supplies; 

●  well-established natural and organic brands, which generate additional industry awareness and credibility with consumers; 

● 

● 

the growth in the number of consumers with unique dietary requirements as a result of allergies, chemical sensitivities, auto-
immune disorders and other conditions; and 

concerns about the cumulative environmental impact of relying on non-renewable resources and the effects on the global
climate of carbon release from conventional agriculture. 

Our Competitive Strengths 

We  believe  we  are  well-positioned  to  capitalize  on  favorable  natural  and  organic  grocery  and  dietary  supplement  industry 

dynamics as a result of the following competitive strengths: 

Strict focus on high-quality natural and organic grocery products and dietary supplements. We offer high-quality products and 
brands, including an extensive selection of widely recognized natural and organic food, dietary supplements, body care products, pet care 
products and  books.  We  offer  our  customers  an  average  of approximately  21,000  Stock  Keeping  Units  (SKUs)  of  natural and  organic 
products  per  comparable  store  (stores  open  for  13  months  or  longer),  including  an  average  of  approximately  6,900  SKUs  of  dietary 
supplements. We believe our broad product offering enables our customers to shop our stores for substantially all of their grocery and 
dietary supplement purchases. In our grocery departments, we only sell USDA certified organic produce and do not approve for sale grocery 
products that are known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils. In 
addition, we only sell pasture-raised, non-confinement dairy products, free-range eggs (i.e., from chickens that are not only cage-free but 
also provided with sufficient space to move) and naturally raised meats (i.e., from animals that are not known to have been treated with 
antibiotics, hormones or growth promoters, or fed animal by-products). Consistent with this strategy, our product selection does not include 
items that do not meet our strict quality guidelines. Our store managers enhance our robust product offering by customizing their stores’ 
selections to address the preferences of local customers. All products undergo a stringent review process to ensure the products we sell 
meet our strict quality guidelines, which we believe helps us generate long-term relationships with our customers based on transparency 
and trust. 

Engaging  customer  service  experience  based  on  education  and  empowerment.  We  strive  to  offer  consistently  exceptional 
customer service in a convenient, clean and shopper-friendly environment, which we believe creates a differentiated shopping experience, 
enhances customer loyalty and generates repeat visits from our clientele. A key aspect of our customer service model is to provide free 
nutrition education to our customers. We believe this focus provides an engaging retail experience while also empowering our customers 
to make informed decisions about their health. We offer our science-based nutrition education through our trained Crew members, our 
Health Hotline® magazine, community outreach programs, one-on-one nutrition health coaching, nutrition classes, cooking demonstrations 
and our website. Our commitment to nutrition education and customer empowerment is emphasized throughout our entire organization, 
from executive management to store Crew members. Every store also maintains a Nutritional Health Coach (NHC) position. The NHC is 
responsible for educating our customers about good nutrition and for training our store employees on how to assist customers in compliance 
with applicable local, state and federal regulations. Each NHC must have earned a degree or certificate in nutrition or a related field from 
an accredited school, complete continuing education in nutrition, and be thoroughly committed to fulfilling our mission. Substantially all 
of our NHCs are full-time Crew members. We believe our NHC position represents a key element of our customer service model. 

Scalable operations and replicable, cost-effective store model. We believe our scalable operating structure, attractive new store 
model, flexible real estate strategy and disciplined approach to new store development allow us to maximize store performance and continue 
to grow our store base. Our store model has been successful in highly competitive markets and has supported significant growth outside of 
our original Colorado geography. We believe our supply chain and infrastructure are scalable and will accommodate growth based on the 
ability  of  our  primary  distribution  relationships  to  effectively  service  our  planned  store  locations.  Our  investments  in  overhead  and 
information  technology  infrastructure,  including  purchasing,  receiving,  inventory,  point  of  sale,  warehousing,  distribution,  accounting, 
reporting and financial systems, support this growth. We also have a comprehensive human resources information and learning management 
system (HRIS) to further support the scalability of our operations. In addition, we have established effective site selection guidelines, as 
well as scalable procedures to enable us to efficiently open new stores after lease execution. The smaller-store footprint made possible by 
our limited offering of prepared foods reduces real estate costs, labor costs and perishable inventory shrink and allows us to leverage our 
new store opening costs. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Commitment to sustainable products and practices. We have put in place product standards for dairy, eggs, meat, seafood and 
produce that support sustainable and ecologically responsible production methods. We believe our standards help to enhance the health of 
our  customers,  promote  animal  welfare,  reduce  antibiotic  resistance  and  protect  the  environment.  We  have  also  instituted  measures  to 
eliminate  food  waste,  divert  usable  products  to  food  banks,  reduce  single  use  plastic  bags  and  reduce  the  use  of  toxic  pesticides  and 
antimicrobial products. We believe these efforts reflect our commitment to corporate social responsibility and demonstrate our support for 
sustainable regenerative agricultural practices. 

Experienced and committed management team with proven track record. Our executive management team has an average of 36 
years of experience in the natural grocery industry, while our entire management team has an average of 31 years of relevant experience. 
Since the second generation of the Isely family assumed control of the business in 1998, we have grown our store count from 11 stores to 
162  stores  as  of  September  30,  2021  by  remaining  dedicated  to  our  founding  principles.  Over  their  tenure,  members  of  our  executive 
management team have been instrumental in establishing a successful, scalable operating model, generating consistently strong financial 
results and developing an effective site selection and store opening process. The depth of our management experience extends beyond our 
home  office.  As  of  September  30,  2021,  our  store  managers  and  assistant  managers  at  comparable  stores  had  average  tenures  of 
approximately five years with us. In addition, we have a track record of promoting store management personnel from within. We believe 
our management’s experience at all levels will allow us to continue to grow our store base while maintaining operational excellence by 
driving efficiencies in store and back room operations, managing inventory levels and focusing on exceptional customer service. 

Our Growth Strategies 

We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including: 

Expand our store base. We intend to continue expanding our store base through new store openings in existing markets, as well 
as penetrating new markets, by leveraging our core competencies of site selection and efficient store openings. In fiscal year 2021, we 
opened three new stores and in fiscal year 2020, we opened six new stores. We plan to open four to six new stores in fiscal year 2022, none 
of which opened during the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 prior to the filing of this Form 10-K. As of the date of this report, we have 
signed leases or acquired property for an additional five new stores that we plan to open in fiscal years 2022 and beyond. 

Store locations as of September 30, 2021.  

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
Increase sales from existing customers. In order to increase our average ticket and the number of customer transactions, we plan 
to continue offering an engaging customer experience by providing science-based nutrition education and a differentiated merchandising 
strategy that delivers affordable, high-quality natural and organic grocery products and dietary supplements. We also plan to continue to 
utilize  targeted  marketing  efforts  to  reach  our  existing  customers,  including  through  the  {N}power®  customer  loyalty  program 
({N}power®), which we anticipate will drive customer transactions, increase the average ticket and convert occasional, single-category 
customers into core, multi-category customers. 

Grow our customer base. We plan to continue building our brand awareness, which we anticipate will grow our customer base. 
During fiscal year 2021, the measures we took that were aimed at enhancing our brand awareness included: (i) implementing marketing 
outreach efforts to inform customers of the health and safety measures we have implemented to protect the wellbeing of our customers and 
Crew members in response to the COVID-19 pandemic; (ii) featuring new {N}power® promotions to highlight affordable family meals; 
(iii) utilizing {N}power® to identify and send personalized offers to our customers; (iv) continuing to make enhancements to our monthly 
Health Hotline magazine; (v) organizing month-long topical special promotions; (vi) expanding our social media reach through increased 
investment in paid and organic placements on platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and YouTube; (vii) conducting television, 
radio, outdoor advertising and targeted direct mail campaigns in select markets; and (viii) continuation of home delivery services. We 
believe offering nutrition education has historically been one of our most effective marketing strategies for reaching new customers and 
increasing the demand for natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in our markets. To maximize their impact, we encourage 
our NHCs to focus on relationship-building opportunities in our communities and with our customers, including promotions, educational 
cooking events, lectures and classes in our stores. Additionally, we seek to attract new customers by enhancing their nutrition knowledge 
through the distribution of printed and digital versions of our broad range of educational resources, including the Health Hotline magazine. 
In addition to offering nutrition education, our strategy is to attract new customers with our Always Affordable Price and to build community 
awareness through our support of local vendors and charities. 

Improve operating margins. We expect to continue our focus on improving our operating margins as we benefit from investments 
we have made or are making in fixed overhead and technology. We anticipate these investments will support our long-term growth strategy. 
To improve operating margins, we also intend to further optimize performance, maintain appropriate store labor levels, reduce inventory 
shrink and effectively manage product selection and pricing. In addition, we expect to achieve greater economies of scale through sourcing 
and distribution as we add more stores. 

Our Stores 

Our stores offer a comprehensive selection of natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in a smaller-store format 
that aims to provide a convenient, clean and easily shopped environment for our customers. Our store design emphasizes a clutter-free, 
organized feel, a quiet ambience accented with warm lighting and the absence of aromas from meat and seafood counters present in many 
of our competitors’ stores. We believe our core customers consider us a destination stop for their nutritional education and information, 
natural and organic products and dietary supplements. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Store Format. Our stores range from approximately 5,000 to 16,000 selling square feet, and average approximately 11,000 
selling square feet. In fiscal year 2021, our three new stores and five relocations/remodels averaged approximately 10,000 selling square 
feet. Approximately one quarter of our stores’ selling square footage is dedicated to dietary supplements. Most of our stores also include a 
dedicated  community  room  available  for  public  gatherings,  a  demonstration  kitchen  for  cooking  education  and/or  lecture  space.  Our 
comparable  stores  sell  an  average  of  approximately  21,000  SKUs  of  natural  and  organic  products  per  store,  including  an  average  of 
approximately 6,900 SKUs of dietary supplements. Set out below is the layout for our new stores: 

Site Selection. Our real estate strategy is adaptable to a variety of market conditions. When selecting locations for new stores, we 
use  analytical  models,  based  on  research  and  data  provided  by  third  parties  and  our  extensive  experience,  to  identify  promising  store 
locations. We typically locate new stores in prime locations which offer easy customer access and high visibility. Many of our stores are 
near other supermarkets or gourmet food retailers, and we complement their conventional product offerings with high-quality, affordable 
natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements in an efficient and convenient retail setting. Our model for selecting viable new store 
locations incorporates factors such as target demographics, community characteristics, nearby retail activity and other measures and is 
based on first-hand observation of the community’s characteristics surrounding each site. We have Crew members dedicated to opening 
new stores efficiently and quickly, typically within approximately nine months from the time of lease execution. 

Store-Level Economics. Our new stores typically require an average upfront capital investment of approximately $2.2 million, 
consisting of capital expenditures of approximately $1.7 million, net of tenant allowances, initial inventory of approximately $0.3 million, 
net of payables, and pre-opening expenses of approximately $0.2 million. We target approximately five years to recoup our initial net cash 
investments and approximately 30% cash-on-cash returns by the end of the sixth year following the opening. Our actual payback period 
averages approximately six years. 

Individual new store investment levels and the performance of new store locations may differ widely from originally targeted 
levels and from store-to-store due to competitive considerations and a variety of other factors, and these differences may be material. In 
particular, investments in individual stores, store-level sales, profit margins, payback periods and cash-on-cash return levels are impacted 
by a range of risks and uncertainties beyond our control, including those described under the caption “Risk Factors.” 

Our Focus on Nutrition Education 

Nutrition education is one of our founding principles and is a primary focus for all Crew members. We believe our emphasis on 

science-based nutrition education differentiates us from our competitors and creates a unique shopping experience for our customers. 

6 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our NHCs are a core element of our nutrition education program. Every store has a NHC position to educate customers and train 
Crew  members  on  nutrition.  NHCs  must  have  earned  a  degree  or  certificate  in  nutrition  or  a  related  field  from  an  accredited  school, 
complete continuing education in nutrition, and be thoroughly committed to fulfilling our mission. To educate and empower customers to 
make informed nutrition choices, our NHCs are available for complimentary one-on-one nutrition health coaching sessions. Each NHC is 
also responsible for various relationship-building opportunities in our communities and with our customers, including educational activities 
such as nutrition classes, lectures, seminars, health fairs and store tours. To maximize the impact of our NHCs, we stress the importance 
of  their  focusing  on  in-store  educational  events,  offering  health  coaching  sessions  and  holding  nutrition  classes  in  the  community  by 
partnering with school, municipal and corporate wellness programs. During fiscal year 2021, while our NHCs suspended in-person health 
coaching sessions, community nutrition classes and in-store education events in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we offered remote 
nutrition education and cooking classes to customers through virtual platforms. We believe that our NHCs’ focus on relationship-building 
opportunities in our communities and with our customers helps to enhance our marketing and branding initiatives. Additionally, our NHCs 
are an onsite resource for nutrition training and education for our Crew members. Each NHC trains our Crew members to use a compliant 
educational approach to customer service without attempting to diagnose or treat specific conditions or ailments. We believe our NHC 
position is a competitive differentiator and represents a key element of our customer service model. 

Our training and education programs are supplemented by outside experts, online materials and printed handouts. We also use 
our Health Hotline magazine to educate our customers. The Health Hotline magazine, which was published 11 times in fiscal year 2021, 
includes in-depth articles on health and nutrition, along with a selection of sale items. The printed version of the Health Hotline magazine 
is mailed to subscribers and distributed in our stores. In addition, an electronic version of the Health Hotline magazine is distributed to 
subscribers via the internet and posted on our website. 

Our Products  

Product Selection Guidelines. We have a set of strict quality guidelines covering all products we sell. For example: 

●  we  do  not  approve  for  sale  food  known  to  contain  artificial  colors,  flavors,  preservatives  or  sweeteners  or  partially 

hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils, regardless of the proportion of its natural or organic ingredients; 

●  we only sell USDA certified organic produce; 

●  we only sell dairy products from pasture-raised, non-confined livestock and only sell eggs from free-range or pastured hens; 

●  we only sell meats from naturally raised animals that are not known to have been treated with antibiotics, hormones or 

growth promoters, or fed animal by-products; 

●  we only sell seafood from sustainable fisheries or ecologically responsible farm-raised operations; and 

●  we do not sell distilled spirits, tobacco products or e-cigarettes. 

Our product review team analyzes all new products and approves them for sale based on ingredients, price and uniqueness within 
the current product set. We actively research new products in the marketplace through our product vendors, private label manufacturers, 
scientific findings, customer requests and general trends in popular media. Our stores are able to fully merchandise all departments by 
providing an extensive assortment of natural and organic products. We do not believe we need to sell conventional products to fill our 
selection, increase our margins or attract more customers. 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
What We Sell. We operate both a full-service natural and organic grocery store and a dietary supplement store within a single 

retail location. The following is a breakdown of our sales mix for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021: 

The products in our stores include: 

●  Grocery. We offer a broad selection of natural and organic grocery products with an emphasis on minimally processed and 
single ingredient products that are not known to contain artificial colors, flavors, preservatives or sweeteners or partially 
hydrogenated or hydrogenated oils. Additionally, we carry a wide variety of products associated with special diets such as 
gluten free, vegetarian and non-dairy. Our grocery products include: 

■  Produce.  We  sell  only  USDA  certified  organic  produce  and  source  from  local,  organic  producers  whenever 
feasible. Our selection varies based on seasonal availability, and we strive to offer a variety of organic produce 
offerings that are not typically found at conventional food retailers. 

■  Bulk Food. We sell a wide selection of private label repackaged bulk products, including dried fruits, nuts, grains, 
granolas, teas, herbs and spices. We also sell peanut and almond butters, freshly ground in-store under the Natural 
Grocers brand. 

■  Natural Grocers Brand Products.  We sell an expanding range of Natural Grocers brand private label products, 
including pasta, pasta sauce, ketchup, canned beans and vegetables, frozen vegetables, frozen fruit, frozen meals, 
frozen pizza, bread, baking mixes, plant based butter, olives, olive oil, coconut oil, coconut milk, honey, maple 
syrup, preserves, chocolate, coffee, kombucha, bacon, beef jerky, canned seafood, popcorn, tortilla chips, taco 
shells, eggs, cheese, apple sauce, apple cider vinegar, spring water, paper products, cleaning products, and other 
products. 

■  Dry,  Frozen  and  Canned  Groceries.  We  offer  a  wide  variety  of  natural  and  organic  dry,  frozen  and  canned 
groceries, including cereals, soups, baby foods, frozen entrees and snack items. We offer a broad selection of 
natural chocolate bars and energy, protein and food bars. 

■  Meats and Seafood. We only offer naturally raised or organic meat products. The naturally raised meat products 
we  offer  come  from  animals  that  are  not  known  to  have  been  treated  with  antibiotics,  hormones  or  growth 
promoters, fed animal by-products or raised in concentrated animal feeding operations. Additionally, we only buy 
from companies we believe employ humane animal-raising practices. Our seafood items are generally frozen at 
the time of processing and sold from our freezer section, thereby ensuring freshness and reducing food spoilage 
and safety issues. The seafood we sell is generally sourced from sustainable fisheries or ecologically responsible 
farm-raised operations and excludes endangered species. 

■  Dairy Products, Dairy Substitutes and Eggs. We offer a broad selection of natural and organic dairy products 
such  as  milk,  cheeses,  yogurts  and  beverages,  as  well  as  eggs  and  non-dairy  substitutes  made  from  almonds, 
coconuts, rice and soy. Our stores sell only pasture-raised, non-confinement dairy products and free-range eggs 
(i.e., from chickens that are not only cage-free but also provided with sufficient space to move). 

8 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
■  Prepared  Foods.  Our  stores  have  a  convenient  selection  of  refrigerated  prepared  fresh  food  items,  including 

salads, sandwiches, salsa, hummus and wraps. The size of this offering varies by location. 

■  Bread and Baked Goods. We receive regular deliveries of a wide selection of bakery products for our bakery 

section, which includes an extensive selection of gluten-free items. 

■  Beverages. We offer a wide variety of beverages containing natural and organic ingredients. We also offer low-
cost,  self-serve  filtered  drinking  water  that  is  dispensed  into  one-gallon  or  larger  containers  provided  by  our 
customers. 

■  Beer, Wine and Hard Cider.  We sell craft beer, craft hard cider and/or organic and biodynamic wine at certain 

stores in Arizona, Colorado, Kansas, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma, Oregon and Texas. 

●  Dietary  Supplements.  Our  dietary  supplement  department  primarily  sells  name-brand  supplements,  as  well  as  a  line  of 
Natural Grocers brand private label dietary supplements. The department is carefully organized to help both Crew members 
and customers find products efficiently. We generally offer several different formulations and potencies for each type of 
product in order to meet our customers’ varying needs. 

●  Other. 

■  Body  Care.  We  offer  a  full  range  of  cosmetics,  skin  care,  hair  care,  fragrance  and  personal  care  products 
containing natural and organic ingredients. Our body care offerings range from bargain-priced basics to high-end 
formulations. 

■  Pet Care. We offer a full line of natural pet care and food products that comply with our human food guidelines. 

■  Household  and  General  Merchandise.  Our  offerings  include  sustainable,  hypo-allergenic  and  fragrance-free 
household  products,  including  cleaning  supplies,  paper  products,  dish  and  laundry  soap  and  other  common 
household products, including diapers. We also offer Natural Grocers branded paper products, cleaning products, 
and other household products. 

■  Books and Handouts. We stock approximately 300 titles in each store’s book department. Titles cover various 
approaches to diet, lifestyle and health. Additionally, we offer hundreds of handouts on various health topics and 
dietary supplements to our customers free of charge. 

Quality Assurance. We endeavor to ensure the quality of the products we sell. We work with reputable suppliers we believe are 
compliant with established regulatory and industry guidelines. Our purchasing department requires a complete supplier and product profile 
as  part  of  the  approval  process.  Our  dietary  supplement  suppliers  must  follow  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA)  current  good 
manufacturing  practices  supported  by  quality  assurance  testing  for  both  the  base  ingredients  and  the  finished  product.  We  expect  our 
suppliers to comply with industry best practices for food safety. 

Many  of  our  suppliers  are  inspected  and  certified  under  the  USDA  National  Organic  Program,  through  voluntary  industry 
standards and by other third-party auditing programs with regard to additional ingredients, manufacturing and handling standards. Each 
Natural Grocers store is certified as an organic handler and processor by an accredited USDA certifier in the calendar year after it opens, 
and annually thereafter. We operate all our stores in compliance with the National Organic Program standards, which restrict the use of 
certain substances for cleaning and pest control and require rigorous recordkeeping and methods to prevent co-mingling and contamination, 
among other requirements. 

Our Pricing Strategy 

We have an Always Affordable Price designation on many products, while also providing special sale pricing on hundreds of 
additional items. We believe our pricing strategy allows our customers to shop our stores on a regular basis for their groceries and dietary 
supplements. 

The key elements of our pricing strategy include: 

●  Always Affordable Price throughout our stores; 

● 

heavily advertised Health Hotline deals supported by manufacturer participation; 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
● 

● 

● 

discounts offered to {N}power® members; 

short term price promotions related to holidays, targeted campaigns and other events; 

in-store specials generally lasting for one month and not advertised outside the store; 

●  managers’ specials, such as clearance, overstock, short-dated or promotional incentives; and 

● 

specials on seasonally harvested produce. 

As  we  continue  to  expand  our  store  base,  we  believe  there  are  opportunities  for  increased  leverage  in  fixed  costs,  such  as 
administrative expenses, as well as increased economies of scale in sourcing products. We strive to keep our product, operating and general 
and administrative costs low, which allows us to continue to offer attractive pricing for our customers. 

Our Store Operations 

Store Hours. Our stores typically are open from 8:30 a.m. to 9:06 p.m., Monday through Saturday, and from 9:00 a.m. to 8:06 

p.m. on Sunday. 

Store Management and Staffing. Our typical store staffing includes a manager and assistant manager, with department managers 
in  each  of  the  dietary  supplement,  grocery,  dairy  and  frozen,  produce,  body  care  and  receiving  departments,  as  well  as  several  non-
management  Crew  members.  Each  store  manager  is  responsible  for  monthly  store  profit  and  loss,  including  labor,  merchandising  and 
inventory costs. We also employ regional managers to oversee all store operations for regions consisting of approximately 10 to 15 stores. 
Each regional manager reports to, and is supported by, a director of store operations and other staff. 

To ensure a high level of service, all employees receive training and guidance on customer service skills, product attributes and 
nutrition education. Crew members are carefully trained and evaluated based on a requirement that they present nutrition information in an 
appropriate and legally compliant educational context while interacting with customers. Additionally, store Crew members are cross-trained 
in various functions, including cashier duties, stocking and receiving product. 

Every store also maintains a NHC position. The NHC is responsible for training our store Crew members and educating our 
customers in accordance with applicable local, state and federal regulations. Each NHC must have earned a degree or certificate in nutrition 
or  a  related  field  from  an  accredited  school,  complete  continuing  education  in  nutrition  and  be  thoroughly  committed  to  fulfilling  our 
mission.  Substantially  all  of  our  NHCs  are  full-time  Crew  members.  The  NHCs  are  overseen  by  Regional  Nutritional  Health  Coach 
Managers. 

Bulk Food Repackaging Facility and Distribution Center. We lease a 150,000 square foot bulk food repackaging facility and 

distribution center located in Golden, Colorado. That facility also houses a training center and certain administrative support functions. 

Inventory. We use a robust merchandise management and perpetual inventory system that values goods at moving average cost. 

We manage most shelf stock based on weeks-on-hand relative to sales, resupply time and minimum economic order quantity. 

Sourcing and Vendors. We source from approximately 1,100 suppliers and offer approximately 3,200 brands. These suppliers 
range from small independent businesses to multi-national conglomerates. As of September 30, 2021, we purchased approximately 78% 
of the goods we sell from our top 20 suppliers. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, approximately 67% of our total purchases 
were from United Natural Foods Inc. and its subsidiaries (UNFI). In fiscal year 2016, we extended our long-term relationship with UNFI 
as our primary supplier of dry grocery and frozen food products through May 31, 2021, subject to automatic renewals for successive one-
year periods unless otherwise terminated by either party, and we are currently operating under the automatic renewal term. In May 2018, 
we entered into an amendment to our agreement with UNFI pursuant to which we appointed Albert’s Organics, a wholly owned subsidiary 
of UNFI, as our primary supplier of organic produce products for the majority of our stores. We maintain good relations with UNFI and 
while we are exploring a longer-term extension of our relationship with UNFI beyond the expiration of the current annual auto renewal 
term on May 31, 2022, we believe we have adequate alternative supply methods, including self-distribution. As a result of current global 
supply chain issues, partially attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced shortages and delays in the delivery of certain 
products to our stores. We have taken steps to mitigate these disruptions to our supply chain and such disruptions have moderated, although 
certain products remain in relatively short supply or are unavailable from time to time. 

We have contracts with third-party manufacturers to produce groceries and dietary supplements under the Natural Grocers brand. 
We have longstanding relationships with our suppliers, and we require disclosure from them regarding quality, freshness, potency and 
safety data information. Our bulk food private label products are packaged by us in pre-packed sealed bags to help prevent contamination 
while in transit and in our stores. Unlike most of our competitors, most of our private label nuts, trail mix and flours are refrigerated in our 
warehouse and stores to maintain freshness. 

10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our Crew Members and Our Approach to Human Capital Resources 

We believe our Crew members make our Company great. We offer benefits, resources and training to our Crew members, and 
support a healthy, balanced lifestyle. We support Crew members wellness through free nutrition education programs, competitive pay and 
benefits and a culture that offers the opportunity to improve the lives of others. As part of our commitment to our founding principles, we 
are focused on the engagement, development, retention, and health and wellbeing of our Crew members. 

As  of  September  30,  2021,  we  employed  3,218  full-time  and  974  part-time  (less  than  30  hours  per  week)  Crew  members, 
including a total of 333 Crew members at our home office and our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center. None of our Crew 
members  are  subject  to  a  collective  bargaining  agreement.  We  believe  we  have  good  relations  with  our  Crew  members.  We  have  an 
established set of standard operating procedures to manage our human capital management function, including hiring and human resource 
policies, training practices and operational instruction manuals. This allows each store to operate with strict accountability and still maintain 
independence to respond to its unique circumstances. 

Culture and Engagement. Our Company strives to empower healthier communities by cultivating a culture focused on our core 
values, including caring for our customers and Crew members, having fun at work, inclusivity, working with passion, and being authentic. 
Our leadership reinforces our founding principles and core values by providing significant training on these topics to new store managers. 
We have also undertaken a number of initiatives designed to engage our workforce, including conducting an annual employee survey to 
solicit  feedback  from  our  Crew  members, conducting  regular  focus  groups  with  our  store  Crew  members  to  identify  opportunities  for 
process improvement at our stores, and conducting monthly calls with our store leadership to celebrate accomplishments and highlight 
sales initiatives. 

Crew Member Development and Promotion. Investing in the development of our Crew members is an important area of focus to 
ensure  the  sustainability  of  our  business.  We  prioritize  promoting  leaders  from  within  our  organization  and  strive  to  support  career 
development through regular training and leadership development opportunities. During fiscal year 2021, we promoted internal candidates 
to  fill  100%  of  our  vacant  regional  manager  positions,  87%  of  our  vacant  store  manager  and  assistant  store  manager  positions,  and 
approximately 78% of our vacant department manager positions. We are committed to inclusion and diversity in our approach to hiring 
and  promotion,  including  among  our  store  management.  As  of  September  30,  2021,  approximately  48%  of  our  store  managers  and 
approximately 50% of our assistant store managers were women. 

We believe that setting Crew members up for success begins with a strong foundation. Our accelerated store manager training 
program  provides  high-potential  store  Crew  members  with  management  training,  including  leadership  skills  and  financial  aspects  of 
management,  equipping  participants  for  potential  management  roles  within  the  Company  upon  completion.  We  provide  all  new  store 
managers and assistant store managers with four weeks of in-person operational and managerial training at our facility in Golden, Colorado. 
We also conduct over 20 hours of virtual and in-person training on an annual basis for our store Crew members covering a wide array of 
topics, including nutrition education, store operations, company culture and values, brand education, safety and compliance. 

Wellness and Benefits. Our Crew members are eligible for health, long-term disability, vision and dental insurance coverage, as 
well as Company paid short-term disability and life insurance benefits, after they meet eligibility requirements. We also provide our Crew 
members  with  access  to  clinical  counseling  resources  through  our  employee  assistance  program.  Additionally,  our  Crew  members  are 
offered a 401(k) retirement savings plan with discretionary contribution matching opportunities. We believe we pay above average retail 
wages. In addition, all Crew members receive in store discounts and earn an additional $1.00 per hour, up to $40 per week, in “Vitamin 
Bucks,” which can be used to purchase products in our stores. It is important to us that our Crew members live a healthy, balanced lifestyle, 
and we believe that the discounts we offer our Crew members and the Vitamin Bucks benefit provide an additional resource for our Crew 
members to purchase natural and organic products. We provide our Crew members with monthly free nutrition education trainings and 
other  opportunities  to  earn  rewards  by  learning  about  nutrition.  Every  Crew  member  also  receives  one  day  of  additional  pay  on  their 
birthday to express the Company’s appreciation for their service. We believe these and other factors have a positive impact on retention 
rates and encourage our Crew members to appreciate our culture, which helps them better promote our brand. 

Caring for our Crew members during the COVID-19 pandemic. During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of 
actions to promote the health and wellbeing of our Crew members, and to reward our Crew members for their contributions to our success. 
These actions have included permanent wage increases and paying discretionary bonuses to our Crew members during the COVID-19 
pandemic, providing personal protective equipment, daily immune and stress support supplements to our Crew members at no cost, and 
expanding healthcare benefits and paid leave for our Crew members. During fiscal 2021, the Company also established The Natural Grocers 
Heroes  in  Aprons  Fund,  a  nonprofit  organization  that  provides  short-term  financial  assistance  to  qualifying  Crew  members  or  their 
immediate family members who experience unanticipated hardships. 

11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our Customers 

The growth in the natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement industries and growing consumer interest in health and 
nutrition have led to an increase in our core customer base. We believe the demands for affordable, nutritious food and dietary supplements 
are shared attributes of our core customers, regardless of their socio-economic status. Additionally, we believe our core customers prefer 
a retail store environment that offers carefully selected natural and organic products and dietary supplements and supports environmentally 
sustainable products and practices. Our customers tend to be interested in health and nutrition, and expect our store Crew members to be 
highly knowledgeable about these topics and related products. 

An analysis of our Health Hotline subscriber list indicates that our customers come from broad geographic segments, including 

urban, suburban and rural areas, which reflects the varied characteristics and portability of our store locations. 

Our Communities 

One of our founding principles is to be an active member and steward of the communities we serve. As a commitment to this 

principle, we: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

provide extensive free educational services to customers in the form of lectures, classes, printed resources, online resources, 
publications and one-on-one nutrition coaching; 

participate in health fairs, school outreach, community wellness events and other activities to engage with and educate the 
community; 

partner with community and corporate wellness programs; 

disseminate new research on nutrition information; 

participate in the legislative and regulatory process at local, state and federal levels so that our customers have access to 
quality food and dietary supplements and the educational resources to guide their own wellness; 

continually strive to source products and services from local producers and vendors; 

carefully collect all of our excess or distressed food and merchandise and donate it to local non-profit organizations; 

do not provide single-use paper or plastic bags at our registers and encourage the use of reusable totes; 

provide cash to local food banks, making donation determinations based on the number of customers who shop our stores 
with their own bags; 

reduce  our  energy  costs  and  carbon  footprint  using  efficient  heating,  ventilation  and  air  conditioning,  lighting,  and 
refrigerating systems; 

implement strategies to eliminate excess packaging, energy and transportation costs; 

recycle and reuse paper, plastic, glass and electronic products whenever possible; 

●  manage the waste stream services at all of our stores in order to optimize our diversion of waste to recycling and compost 

and increase the environmental sustainability of our operations; 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

offer compostable paper bags for produce purchases; 

use healthy and environmentally responsible building materials and finishes in our new stores and remodels; 

promote environmentally responsible and sustainable practices in our supply chain; 

undertake fundraisers for organizations whose missions align with ours; 

support the economic vitality of small producers and agricultural communities; and 

implement health and safety measures to protect the health and wellbeing of our customers and Crew members during the 
COVID-19 pandemic. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
Marketing and Advertising 

A significant portion of our marketing efforts is focused on educating our customers on the benefits of natural and organic grocery 
products, dietary supplements and our quality standards. Our customer outreach programs provide practical general nutrition knowledge to 
a variety of groups and individuals, schools, businesses, families and seniors. These educational efforts fulfill one of our founding principles 
and also offer us the opportunity to build relationships with customers and community influencers. During fiscal year 2021, in response to 
the COVID-19 pandemic we continued our marketing outreach efforts to inform customers of the health and safety measures we have 
implemented in our stores to protect the health and wellbeing of our customers and our Crew. 

{N}power®  Customer  Loyalty  Program.  We  introduced  the  {N}power®  customer  loyalty  program  in  fiscal  year  2015. 
{N}power® members receive digital coupons, discounted pricing on certain staple items (such as free-range eggs), personalized offers and 
other rewards, all by providing their phone number at the time of checkout. We believe the {N}power® program has enhanced customer 
loyalty  and  increased  customer  traffic  and  engagement  levels.  During  fiscal  year  2021,  we  implemented  a  new  reward  points  system 
intended to simplify the accumulation of rewards for {N}power® users and improve the customer loyalty program experience. We also 
continued  to  enhance  the  personalization,  frequency  and  range  of  our  {N}power®  offerings  and  featured  {N}power®  promotions 
highlighting affordable family meals. We sponsored sweepstakes and digital scavenger hunts for {N}power® members to promote program 
membership  and  sales,  with  an  emphasis  on  dietary  supplement  sales.  We  believe  these  steps  helped  to  increase  membership  in  the 
{N}power® program during fiscal year 2021. We had approximately 1.5 million registered {N}power® members as of September 30, 
2021 compared to approximately 1.3 million {N}power® members as of September 30, 2020. 

Health Hotline. The Health Hotline is a four-color magazine that contains a mix of in-depth health and nutrition articles, along 
with a selection of popular sale items. The articles aim to be relevant, science-based and written to reflect the most recent research findings. 
During fiscal year 2021, we continued to enhance our Health Hotline magazine. The Health Hotline magazine was published 11 times 
during fiscal year 2021, and we expect comparable publication frequency during fiscal year 2021. The printed version of the Health Hotline 
magazine is mailed to subscribers and distributed in our stores. In addition, an electronic version of the Health Hotline magazine and a 
weekly electronic Health Hotline newsletter are distributed to subscribers via the internet. Generally, we negotiate with our suppliers for 
significantly lower costs on Health Hotline featured sale items, which in turn allows us to offer lower sale prices to our customers. Focused 
staff training at all locations occurs concurrently with the release of each Health Hotline to ensure that store staff are familiar with the 
content in each issue. 

Special Promotions and Sponsorships During fiscal year 2021, we organized special promotions to coincide with certain calendar 
events, such as Resolution Reset Day in January, Earth Day in April, and on the 66th anniversary of the Company’s founding in August. 
We also organized month-long special promotions such as the “Beauty Bonanza” in February, the “Art of Burgering” campaign during 
July  and  the  “Organic  Harvest  Month”  campaign  during  September.  Our  special  promotions  frequently  include  product  discounts, 
sweepstakes, charitable fundraisers and nutrition education classes. During fiscal 2021, we featured a number of events intended to promote 
sales to friends and family of our Crew members. We expect to continue offering similar special promotions and events in the future. 
During fiscal year 2021, we organized a number of charitable sponsorships, including collecting donations from customers on behalf of 
local food banks and an environmental non-profit organization. In addition, we donated 1% of all our sales on one day during our 66th 
anniversary to our Natural Grocers Heroes in Aprons Fund, which provides emergency relief to our Crew members. 

Website and Social Media. We maintain www.naturalgrocers.com as our official Company website to host store information, 
sale and discount offers, educational materials, product and standards information, policies and contact forms, advocacy and news items 
and e-commerce capabilities. Our website is intended to be part of an overall enhanced branding strategy to more effectively communicate 
our brand’s unique and compelling attributes, including our founding principles. Our website features enhanced product and recipe search 
interfaces and improved functionality with mobile and tablet devices. We believe the continued growth of site visitors, page views and 
other metrics  of  our  website activity indicates  that  our  content is  timely  and  informative to the  communities  we  serve.  Our  website is 
interlinked with other online and social media outlets, including Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Pinterest and YouTube. During fiscal year 
2021, we continued to increase our investment in paid and organic placements on platforms such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram and 
YouTube, resulting in enhanced social media reach, and organized social media campaigns designed to engage with millennials. We expect 
to continue investing in digital engagement activities during fiscal year 2022. 

Advertising.  Our  advertising  activities  in  fiscal  year  2021  included:  (i)  conducting  television  advertising  campaigns;  (ii) 
conducting  radio  advertising  campaigns  in  support  of  new  store  openings  and  store  relocations;  (iii)  conducting  outdoor  advertising 
campaigns;  (iv)  conducting  targeted  direct  mail  campaigns,  and  (v)  utilizing  organic  search,  search  engine  marketing,  search  engine 
optimization and display advertisements to deliver more customer traffic to our website and stores. 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Home Delivery Services. As of September 30, 2021, we offered online ordering and home delivery services at 157 of our stores 

in partnership with a third party. 

New Store Openings. We use various targeted marketing efforts to support the successful introduction of our new stores in their 
individual markets. In addition to the distribution of our Health Hotline magazine and Internet and social media efforts targeted to the 
region, we utilize direct mail distribution of introductory booklets and postcards promoting our brand and providing discounts and other 
incentives for new customers. We also focus on community relationship-building activities, including a series of lectures and cooking and 
other demonstrations in each new store’s community room and/or demonstration kitchen. Other new store promotional activities include 
gift card and prize giveaways, sweepstakes, musical performances, appearances by our sponsorship partners and participation by  local 
community leaders and organizations. 

Online  Pre-Ordering  of  Holiday  Turkeys.  We  offer  an  online  process  to  pre-order  organic  and  free-range  turkeys  for  the 

Thanksgiving and Christmas holidays. 

Competition 

The grocery and dietary supplement retail business is a large, fragmented and highly competitive industry, with few barriers to 
entry. Our competition varies by market and includes conventional supermarkets such as Kroger and Safeway; domestic mass or discount 
retailers such as Wal-Mart and Target; natural and gourmet markets such as Whole Foods and The Fresh Market; foreign-based discount 
retailers such as Aldi, Lidl and Ahold Delhaize; specialty food retailers such as Sprouts and Trader Joe’s; warehouse clubs such as Sam’s 
Club and Costco; dietary supplement retailers such as GNC and The Vitamin Shoppe; online retailers; meal delivery services; independent 
health food stores; drug stores; farmers’ markets; food co-ops; and multi-level marketers. Competition in the grocery industry may intensify, 
and  shopping  dynamics  may  shift,  as a  result  of,  among  other  things,  industry  consolidation,  new  technologies, expansion  by  existing 
competitors and the increasing availability of grocery ordering, pick-up and delivery options. These businesses compete with us on the 
basis of price, selection, quality, customer service, convenience, location, store format, shopping experience, ease of ordering and delivery 
or any combination of these or other factors. They may also compete with us for products and locations. In addition, some of our competitors 
are expanding to offer a greater range of natural and organic foods. We also face internally generated competition when we open new stores 
in markets we already serve. We believe our commitment to carrying only carefully vetted, affordably priced and high-quality natural and 
organic  products  and  dietary  supplements,  as  well  as  our  focus  on  providing  nutritional education,  differentiate  us  in  the  industry and 
provide a competitive advantage. 

Seasonality 

Our business is active throughout the calendar year and does not experience significant fluctuation caused by seasonal changes 

in consumer purchasing. 

COVID-19 Pandemic 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that COVID-19 infections had become a pandemic, and on March 
13,  2020,  the  U.S.  President  announced a  National Emergency  relating  to  the  disease.  During the  course  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic, 
federal, state and local authorities have imposed, from time to time, a number of public health mandates intended to prevent the spread of 
the  virus,  including  vaccine  mandates,  social  distancing,  quarantine,  wearing  face  coverings,  and  “stay-at-home”  measures.  While 
significant efforts to distribute COVID-19 vaccines to the public have commenced across the United States and states have reopened their 
economies by easing restrictions, certain of these public health mandates have had an adverse impact on the U.S. economy. Additional 
negative financial markets and industry-specific impacts could result from future case surges, outbreaks, COVID-19 virus variants, the 
potential that current vaccines may be less effective or ineffective against future COVID-19 virus variants, and the risk that large groups 
of the population may not receive vaccinations against COVID-19. The long-term economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown 
at this time. We have experienced increased levels of net sales and average transaction size due to the COVID-19 pandemic as public health 
measures have been implemented by states across our footprint and customers have adjusted to these new circumstances by consuming 
more food at home. We believe our proactive response to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in increased customer loyalty, but there 
can be no assurance we will continue to experience elevated levels of net sales, in particular, when the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. The 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our business and results of operations is discussed throughout this Form 
10-K, including under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” 
below. 

Insurance and Risk Management  

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to cover workers’ compensation, general liability, product liability, director 
and  officers’  liability,  cyber  risk,  employment  practices  liability,  employee  healthcare  benefits  and  other  casualty  and  property  risks. 
Changes in legal trends and interpretations, variability in inflation rates, changes in the nature and method of claims settlement, benefit 
level changes due to changes in applicable laws, insolvency of insurance carriers and changes in discount rates could all affect ultimate 
settlements of claims. We evaluate our insurance requirements and providers on an ongoing basis. 

14 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property 

We  believe  that  our  intellectual  property  is  important  to  the  success  of  our  business.  We  have  received  the  registration  of 
trademarks not only for Natural Grocers®, Vitamin Cottage and Health Hotline but also for our logo, Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage® 
and Vitamin Cottage Natural Grocers® for appropriate categories of trade. In addition, we have received the registration of service marks 
for  EDAP  –  Every  Day  Affordable  Price,  {N}power®,  Organic  Headquarters®,  Organic  Month  Headquarters®,  Organic  Produce 
Headquarters®, Natural Grocers Cottage Wine and Craft Beer® and Resolution Reset Day® and registrations of trademarks for These 
Came First® and Natural Grocers Top 10 Nutrition Trends®. We do not own or license for use any patents, franchises or concessions that 
are  material  to  our  business.  Our  trademarks  are  generally  valid  and  may  be  renewed  indefinitely  as  long  as  they  are  in  use  and  their 
registrations are properly maintained. 

Information Technology Systems 

We have made significant investments in overhead and information technology infrastructure, including purchasing, receiving, 
inventory, point of sale, warehousing, distribution, accounting, reporting and financial systems. We use an ERP system with an integrated 
merchandise  management,  reporting  and  accounting  system  at  all  of  our  stores,  as  well  as  at  our  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and 
distribution center and for corporate functions including accounting, reporting and purchasing. Our ERP system application support and 
hardware  functions  are  outsourced,  which  allows  us  to  focus  on  our  core  business.  We also  have an enterprise-wide  HRIS,  which  has 
enabled us to more efficiently and effectively manage our human resources and payroll needs at all locations. In recent years, we have 
implemented a Company-wide scheduling system for our stores, deployed new handheld technology and VoIP telephony solutions at all 
our  stores,  and  increasingly  leveraged  cloud  technology  in  our  information  technology  systems.  We  have  also  invested  in  upgrading 
communication circuits and refreshing network and security hardware and systems at all our stores and our corporate headquarters. We 
plan to continue investing in our information technology infrastructure with systems that scale with and add efficiencies to our operations 
as we continue to grow. 

Regulatory Compliance  

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and local  laws, regulations  and  administrative  practices that  affect  our  business.  The 
safety, formulation, manufacturing, processing, packaging, importation, labeling, promotion, advertising and distribution of products we 
sell in our stores, including private label products, are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the FDA, the Federal 
Trade Commission (the FTC), the USDA, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (the CPSC) and the Environmental Protection Agency 
(the EPA), as well as by various state and local agencies. 

Food Products. The FDA has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of food and food ingredients (including pet food 
and pet food ingredients but excluding meat, poultry, catfish and certain egg products, which are regulated by USDA) under the Federal 
Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA). The USDA’s Food Safety Inspection Service regulates and regularly inspects meat, poultry, 
catfish and certain egg products to assure that these products are safe, wholesome and correctly labeled and packaged under the Federal 
Meat Inspection Act and the Poultry Products Inspection Act. 

The Food Safety Modernization Act (the FSMA), enacted in 2011, amended the FDCA and significantly expanded food safety 
requirements and the FDA’s regulatory authority over food safety. The FSMA requires the FDA to impose comprehensive, prevention-
based controls across the food supply chain, further regulates food products imported into the United States and provides the FDA with 
authority to enforce mandatory recalls. In addition, the FSMA requires the FDA to undertake numerous rulemakings and to issue numerous 
guidance documents, as well as reports, plans, standards, notices and other tasks. Further, even provisions that have been enacted, such as 
nutritional  labeling,  are  periodically  reviewed  and  updated  with  new  requirements.  As  a  result,  final  implementation  of  the  legislation 
remains ongoing. 

The FDA also exercises broad jurisdiction over the labeling and promotion of cosmetics, food and dietary supplements. Labeling 
is a broad concept that, under most circumstances, extends even to product-related claims and representations made on a company’s website 
and  printed  or  digital  media.  All  foods,  including  dietary  supplements,  must  bear  labeling  that  provides  consumers  with  essential 
information  with  respect  to  standards  of  product  identity,  net  quantity/weight,  nutrition  facts  labeling,  ingredient  statements,  contact 
information for the manufacturer/packer/distributor, allergen, and certain other disclosures. Similarly, cosmetic products labeling must also 
contain certain information, including the nature and use of the product such as net quantity/weight, ingredient statements, and contact 
information  for  the  manufacturer/packer/distributor.  The  FDA  also  regulates  the  use  of  claims  made  about  these  products,  including 
structure/function claims (e.g., “calcium builds strong bones”), qualified health claims (e.g., "adequate calcium throughout life may reduce 
the risk of osteoporosis"), and nutrient content claims (e.g., “high in antioxidants”), and others. “Organic” claims, however, are primarily 
regulated by the USDA. Certain new food labeling requirements, primarily related to the Nutrition Facts Label, went into full effect on 
January 1, 2021. 

15 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Dietary Supplements. The FDA also has comprehensive authority to regulate the safety of dietary supplements, dietary ingredients, 
labeling and current good manufacturing practices. The Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA), enacted in 1994, greatly 
expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements. Through DSHEA, dietary supplements became a separately regulated 
subcategory  of  food  and  the  FDA  was  empowered  to  establish  good  manufacturing  practice  regulations  governing  key  aspects  of  the 
production of dietary supplements, including quality control, packaging and labeling. DSHEA also expressly permits dietary supplements 
to make label claims and promotional statements describing how a product affects the structure, function and general well-being of the 
body if adequate scientific evidence exists to support the claim, although no statement may expressly or implicitly represent that a dietary 
supplement will diagnose, cure, treat or prevent a disease, which are claims reserved for drug products that are regulated separately by the 
FDA. 

FDA  Enforcement.  The  FDA  has  broad  authority  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  the  FDCA  applicable  to  the  safety,  labeling, 
manufacturing, transport and promotion of cosmetics, foods and dietary supplements, including powers to issue a public warning letter to 
a company, publicize information about illegal products, institute an administrative detention of food, request or order a recall of illegal 
food  products  from  the  market,  and  request  the  Department  of  Justice  to  initiate  a  seizure  action,  an  injunction  action  or  a  criminal 
prosecution. Pursuant to the FSMA, the FDA also has the power to deny the import of any food or dietary supplement from a foreign 
supplier that is not appropriately verified as being compliant with all FDA laws and regulations. Moreover, the FDA has the authority to 
administratively suspend the registration of any facility that produces or processes food, including supplements, that it deems to present a 
reasonable probability of causing serious adverse health consequences. In the past few years, the FDA has commenced enforcement actions 
against  nutritional  supplement  companies  by  issuing  warning  letters  regarding  products  that  make  impermissible  claims  related  to 
treatments and cures for various diseases. 

Food  and  Dietary  Supplement  Advertising.  In  addition  to  the  FDA’s  regulatory  control  over  product  labeling,  the  FTC  also 
exercises  jurisdiction  over  the  advertising  of  foods  and  dietary  supplements,  including  health  benefit  claims,  general  claims  about 
environmental benefits, and claims about the geographic origin of products (e.g. “Made in the USA”) and claims about whether product 
packaging is recyclable or compostable, as well as deceptive advertising methods. The FTC has the power to levy monetary sanctions and 
impose “consent decrees” and penalties that can severely limit a company’s business practices. In recent years, the FTC has instituted 
numerous  enforcement  actions  against  dietary  supplement  companies  for  failure  to  have  adequate  substantiation  for  claims  made  in 
advertising or for the use of false or misleading advertising claims. In addition, private parties are increasingly initiating broad consumer 
class actions against food and dietary supplement manufacturers for false or misleading labeling and/or advertising. 

Compliance. As is common in our industry, we rely on our suppliers and contract manufacturers to ensure that the products they 
manufacture  and  sell  to  us  comply  with  all  applicable  regulatory  and  statutory  requirements.  In  general,  we  seek  certifications  of 
compliance, representations and warranties, indemnification and insurance from our suppliers and contract manufacturers. However, even 
with  adequate  certifications,  representations  and  warranties,  insurance  and  indemnification,  any  claims  of  non-compliance  could 
significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in the products we sell. In addition, the failure of such products to comply 
with applicable regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or withdraw 
such products from our stores. In order to comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our suppliers and contract manufacturers have 
from time to time reformulated, eliminated or relabeled certain of their products and we have revised certain provisions of our sales and 
marketing program. 

We regularly train our in-store Crew members to provide an educational customer service approach that is ethical, honest and 
accurate and that does not cross over into a scope of practice reserved for licensed healthcare professionals. For example, our Crew members 
are not allowed to discuss any “disease” or “cure.” Instead, we focus on how the structure and function of the body is affected by lifestyle 
choices and the different nutritional components of an individual’s diet, including those contained in dietary supplements. Our customers 
are encouraged to make informed decisions about their diet, lifestyle and possible need for supplementation. Our NHCs are responsible for 
overseeing compliance with FDA, USDA and FTC regulations in our stores. While we believe that our nutrition education practices are 
compliant with federal and state requirements, a finding to the contrary could pose significant issues with respect to our business and our 
reputation among our customers or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business. 

New  or  revised federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  affecting  our  business  or  our  industry,  such  as  those  relating to 
industrial hemp products and genetically modified (bioengineered) foods, could result in additional compliance costs and civil remedies. 
In some instances, laws and regulations may be amended in the future to allow for private rights of action to enforce laws and regulations 
through lawsuits. The risks associated with these laws and regulations are further described under the caption “Risk Factors.” 

16 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Segment Information  

We have one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores, through which we conduct all of our business. Please see the 
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021, set forth in Part IV of this Form 10-K, 
for financial information regarding this segment. 

Available Information 

Our website is located at www.naturalgrocers.com. We make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished 
to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are 
electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, our Corporate Governance Guidelines, the charters for our Audit Committee 
and Compensation Committee, and our Code of Ethics are publicly available on our website at www.naturalgrocers.com under the “Investor 
Relations – Corporate Governance” section, and we will post any amendments to, or waivers from, a provision of this Code of Ethics on 
our website at the address and location specified above. A printed copy of this information is also available without charge by sending a 
written request to Corporate Secretary, Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc., 12612 West Alameda Parkway, Lakewood, CO 80228. 
The SEC also maintains a website that contains our reports and other information at www.sec.gov. Information on our website or any other 
website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. 

17 

  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

Risk Factor Summary 

We  are  providing  the  following  summary  of  the  risk  factors  contained  in  our  Form  10-K  to  enhance  the  readability  and 
accessibility of our risk factor disclosures. We encourage our stockholders to carefully review the full risk factors contained in this Form 
10-K in their entirety for additional information regarding the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to vary materially 
from recent results or from our anticipated future results. 

Risks related to our business and operations 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

We may not be successful in our efforts to grow; 

Our  newly  opened  stores  may  negatively  impact  our  financial  results  in  the  short-term,  and  may  not  achieve  sales  and 
operating levels consistent with our more mature stores on a timely basis or at all; 

If we are unable to successfully identify market trends and react to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our 
sales may decrease; 

Our store sales growth and quarterly financial performance may fluctuate for a variety of reasons; 

Adverse economic conditions and political instability could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial 
condition and could negatively impact our ability to execute our growth strategy; 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our operations and this or other future pandemics could materially impact 
our business, results of operations and financial condition; 

We may be unable to compete effectively in our markets, which are highly competitive; 

An inability to maintain or increase our operating margins could adversely affect our results of operations; 

A reduction in traffic to anchor stores in the shopping areas in close proximity to our stores could significantly reduce our 
sales and leave us with unsold inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations; 

We may experience product recalls, withdrawals or seizures which could reduce our sales and adversely affect our results of 
operations; 

Our  future  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  may  be  adversely  affected  by  reduced  availability  of 
certified organic products or products that meet our other internal standards; 

Disruptions affecting our significant suppliers, or our relationships with such suppliers, could negatively affect our business; 

Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and the effects of climate change could disrupt our supply chain and adversely 
impact our sales and financial performance; 

Acts of violence at or threatened against our stores or the shopping centers in which they are located, including active shooter 
situations  and  terrorist  acts,  could  adversely  impact  our  sales,  which  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  financial 
performance; 

The current geographic concentration of our stores creates exposure to local economies, regional downturns, severe weather 
and other catastrophic occurrences; 

If we fail to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, our sales may decline; 

Perishable food product losses could materially impact our results of operations; 

The decision by certain of our suppliers to distribute their specialty products through other retail distribution channels could 
negatively impact our revenue from the sale of such products; 

Our ability to operate our business effectively could be impaired if we fail to retain or attract key personnel or are unable to 
attract, train and retain qualified employees; 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Any significant interruption in the operations of our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center or our supply 
chain network could disrupt our ability to deliver our merchandise in a timely manner; 

Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business; 

Union activity at third-party transportation companies or labor organizing activities among our Crew members could disrupt 
our operations and harm our business; 

Future events could result in impairment of long-lived assets, which may result in charges that adversely affect our results 
of operations and capitalization; 

We have significant lease obligations, which may adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise additional capital or 
continue paying rent for store locations that we no longer operate; 

Any material disruption to or failure of our information systems could negatively impact our operations; 

Failure to protect our information systems against cyber-attacks or information security breaches, including failure to protect 
the integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and Crew members, could expose us to litigation, 
damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business; 

Claims  under  our  self-insurance  program  may  differ  from  our  estimates,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  results  of 
operations; 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete and the value of our brand could be harmed; 

Inflation or deflation could adversely affect our business; 

Energy  costs  are  a  significant  component  of  our  operating  expenses  and  increasing  energy  costs,  unless  offset  by  more 
efficient usage or other operational responses, may impact our profitability; 

Increases in certain costs affecting our marketing, advertising and promotions may adversely impact our ability to advertise 
effectively and reduce our profitability; 

Legal proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations; 

Effective tax rate changes and results of examinations by taxing authorities could materially impact our results of operations; 

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could lead to material misstatements in our financial 
statements, in which case investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the 
market price of our common stock may decline; and 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  may  materially  impact  reporting  of  our  financial  condition  and  reported  results  of 
operations. 

Risks related to government regulations and policies 

● 

● 

● 

● 

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with regulatory requirements, or are unable to provide products that meet 
our specifications, our business and our reputation could suffer; 

We, as well as our suppliers, are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations and our compliance with 
these laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, may increase our costs, limit or eliminate our 
ability to sell certain products, require recalls of certain products, raise regulatory enforcement risks not present in the past 
or otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition; 

Our sale of products containing cannabidiol (CBD) could lead to regulatory action by federal, state and/or local authorities 
or legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of consumers; 

The activities of our NHCs and our nutrition education services may be impacted by government regulation or an inability 
to secure adequate liability insurance; 

● 

Consumers or regulatory agencies may challenge certain claims made regarding the products we sell; 

19 

  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
● 

The products we sell could suffer from real or perceived quality or food safety concerns and may cause unexpected side 
effects, illness, injury or death that could result in their discontinuance or expose us to lawsuits, any of which could result in 
unexpected costs and damage to our reputation; and 

● 

Our political advocacy activities may reduce our customer count and sales. 

Risks related to our indebtedness and liquidity 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Our credit facility could limit our operational flexibility; 

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, which could adversely impact our 
business; 

Our liquidity needs may require us to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings; and 

Our share repurchase program may adversely affect our liquidity and cause fluctuations in our stock price. 

General risks related to our common stock 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile, and our stockholders may not be 
able to sell our common stock at a favorable price or at all; 

An inability to maintain or improve levels of sales growth could cause our stock price to decline; 

Our current principal stockholders have significant influence over us, and they could delay, deter or prevent a change of 
control or other business combination or otherwise cause us to take action with which our stockholders might not agree; 

We may not be able to continue paying dividends on our common stock; 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  if  they  adversely  change  their 
recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our common stock 
price could decline; 

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, 
even if a sale of the Company could be beneficial to our stockholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and 
prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management; and 

We  are  a  “controlled  company”  within  the  meaning  of  the  NYSE  Listed  Company  Manual,  and,  as  a  result,  rely  on 
exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. 

Risk Factors 

Our business, financial condition and results of operations can be materially impacted by a number of factors which could cause 
our actual results to vary materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results. If any of the following risks actually occurs, 
our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, 
the trading price of our common stock could decline and our stockholders could lose all or part of their investment in our common stock. 
Accordingly, our stockholders should carefully consider the risks described below as well as the other information and data included in 
this Form 10-K. 

Risks related to our business and operations 

We may not be successful in our efforts to grow. 

Our continued growth largely depends on our ability to increase sales in our existing stores and successfully open and operate 
new stores on a profitable basis. Our comparable store sales growth could be lower than our historical average for various reasons, including 
the opening of new stores that cannibalize sales in existing stores, increased competition, general economic conditions, regulatory changes, 
price changes as a result of competitive factors and product pricing and availability. 

20 

  
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
During fiscal years 2021 and 2020, we opened three and six new stores, respectively. We plan to open four to six new stores and 
relocate  three  to  four  existing  stores  in  fiscal  year  2022.  We  expect  our  rate  of  new  store  unit  growth  in  the  foreseeable  future  to  be 
dependent on economic and business conditions and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related government 
mandates. Delays or failures in opening new stores, or achieving lower than expected sales in new stores, could materially and adversely 
affect  our  growth.  Our  plans  for  continued  expansion  could  place  increased  demands  on  our  financial,  managerial,  operational  and 
administrative resources. For example, our planned expansion will require us to increase the number of people we employ and may require 
us to upgrade our management information system and our distribution infrastructure. We currently operate a single bulk food repackaging 
facility  and  distribution  center,  which  houses  our  bulk  food  repackaging  operation.  In  order  to  support  our  recent  and  expected  future 
growth  and  to maintain the efficient  operation of  our  business, we  may  need  to  add  additional  capacity  in the future.  These  increased 
demands and operating complexities could cause us to operate our business less efficiently, which could materially and adversely affect 
our operations, financial performance and future growth. 

We may not be able to open new stores on schedule or operate them successfully. Our ability to successfully open new stores 
depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to select suitable sites for our new store locations; to negotiate and execute leases 
on acceptable terms; to coordinate the contracting work on our new stores; to identify, recruit and train store managers, NHCs and other 
staff; to secure and manage the inventory necessary for the launch and successful operation of our new stores; and to effectively promote 
and  market  our  new  stores.  If  we  are  ineffective  in  performing  these  activities,  our  efforts  to  open  and  operate  new  stores  may  be 
unsuccessful or unprofitable, which could materially and adversely affect our operations, financial performance and future growth. 

Our  newly  opened  stores  may  negatively  impact  our  financial  results  in  the  short-term,  and  may  not  achieve  sales  and 

operating levels consistent with our more mature stores on a timely basis or at all. 

We have actively pursued new store growth and plan to continue doing so in the future. We expect the rate of new store unit 
growth in the foreseeable future to be dependent on economic and business conditions and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-
19 pandemic and related government mandates. Our new store openings may not be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of 
our existing stores. Although we target particular levels of cash-on-cash returns and capital investment for each of our new stores, new 
stores may not meet these targets. Any store we open may not be profitable or achieve operating results similar to those of our existing 
stores. New store openings may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term due to the effect of store opening costs and lower 
sales and contribution to overall profitability during the initial period following opening. New stores build their sales volume and their 
customer base over time and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses, as a percentage of net sales, than 
our existing stores. New stores may not achieve sustained sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature store base on a timely 
basis or at all. This may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. 

In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate new stores into our existing store base and those new stores may not be 
as profitable as our existing stores. Further, we have experienced in the past, and expect to experience in the future, some sales volume 
transfer from our existing stores to our new stores as some of our existing customers switch to new, closer locations. If our new stores are 
less profitable than our existing stores, or if we experience sales volume transfer from our existing stores, our business, financial condition 
and operating results may be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to successfully identify market trends and react to changing consumer preferences in a timely manner, our 

sales may decrease. 

We believe our success depends, in substantial part, on our ability to: 

● 

● 

● 

anticipate,  identify  and  react  to  natural  and  organic  grocery  and  dietary  supplement  trends  and  changing  consumer 
preferences in a timely manner; 

translate market trends into appropriate, saleable product and service offerings in our stores; and 

develop and maintain vendor relationships that provide us access to the newest merchandise, and products that satisfy our 
standards, on reasonable terms. 

Consumer preferences often change rapidly and without warning, moving from one trend to another among many product or 
retail concepts. Our performance is impacted by trends regarding healthy lifestyles, dietary preferences, convenient meal options, natural 
and organic products, dietary supplements, ingredient transparency and sustainability and at-home meal preparation. Consumer preferences 
towards dietary supplements or natural and organic food products might shift as a result of, among other things, economic conditions, food 
safety perceptions, scientific research or findings regarding the benefits or efficacy of these products, reduced or changed consumer choices 
and the cost or sustainability of these products. Our store offerings are comprised of natural and organic products and dietary supplements. 
A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings, including as a result of, among other things, reductions or changes in our 
offerings, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, negative publicity regarding the safety of natural and organic 
products or dietary supplements, or new or upgraded regulatory standards, may adversely affect demand for the products we sell and could 
result in lower customer traffic, sales and results of operations. 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
   
 
 
If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer merchandise preferences in the regions where we operate, our net sales may 
decrease, and we may be forced to increase markdowns of slow-moving merchandise, either of which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our store sales growth and quarterly financial performance may fluctuate for a variety of reasons. 

Our store sales growth and quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate 

in the future. A variety of factors affect our store sales growth and quarterly financial performance, including: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

changes in our merchandising strategy or product mix; 

the performance of our newer and remodeled stores; 

the effectiveness of our inventory management; 

the timing and concentration of new store openings, and the related additional human resource requirements and pre-opening 
and other start-up costs; 

slowing in the natural and organic retail sector; 

the cannibalization of existing store sales by our new store openings; 

levels of pre-opening expenses associated with new stores; 

the timing and effectiveness of our marketing activities; 

consumer preferences, buying trends and spending levels; 

food and commodity price inflation or deflation; 

the number and dollar amount of customer transactions in our stores; 

seasonal fluctuations due to weather conditions and extreme weather-related disruptions; 

our ability to generate new and repeat visits to our stores and adequate levels of customer engagement; 

actions by our existing or new competitors, including pricing changes and delivery and fulfillment options; 

regulatory changes affecting availability and marketability of products; 

supply shortages or other operational disruptions; 

general United States economic conditions and, in particular, the retail sales environment; 

executive, legislative or regulatory actions that restrict or limit our access to foreign-sourced goods; and 

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations and the U.S. economy. 

Accordingly, our results for any one fiscal year or quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other 
year or quarter. Our comparable store sales during any particular future period may decrease. In the event of any future decrease, the price 
of our common stock could decline. For more information on our results of operations for fiscal years 2021 and 2020, see “Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

22 

  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
 
 
Adverse economic conditions and political instability could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial 

condition and could negatively impact our ability to execute our growth strategy. 

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions could adversely impact demand for the products we sell in our stores. Consumer 
spending and levels of disposable income, including spending for natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement products that we sell, 
are affected by, among other things, prevailing economic conditions, levels of employment, salaries and wages, inflation, interest rates, the 
availability of credit, tax rates, fuel and energy costs, housing market conditions, general business conditions, consumer confidence and 
consumer perceptions of economic conditions. In the event of an economic slowdown or recession, consumer spending could be adversely 
affected, and we could experience lower net sales than expected. We could be forced to delay or slow our new store growth plans, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to manage normal 
commercial relationships with our suppliers, manufacturers of our private label products, distributors, customers and creditors may suffer. 
Customers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns. In particular, customers 
may reduce the amount of natural and organic products that they purchase and instead purchase conventional offerings, which generally 
have lower retail prices, at other stores. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private label products at other stores rather than 
branded products because they are generally less expensive. Suppliers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and 
seek to reduce their production. 

Economic conditions and consumer spending may also be adversely impacted by political instability. The outbreak or escalation 
of war, the occurrence of terrorist acts or other hostilities in or affecting the United States, or concerns regarding epidemics in the United 
States or in international markets could also lead to a decrease in spending by consumers or may cause our customers to avoid visiting our 
stores. The COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates have adversely impacted the United States economy. See “The ongoing 
COVID-19  pandemic  has  impacted  our  operations  and  this  or  other  future  pandemics  could  materially  impact  our  business,  results  of 
operations and financial condition” below. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase 
sales volume with our existing customers, to attract new customers and to provide products that appeal to customers at prices they are 
willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions or political instability may have an adverse effect on our sales and 
profitability. 

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has impacted our operations and this or other future pandemics could materially impact 

our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

The COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting government mandates have had a significant impact on our operations. For as long 
as it continues, and in the event there is another widespread regional, national or global health epidemic or pandemic, our business could 
be severely impacted. While we are closely monitoring the economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates on our 
business, the long-term financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates is unknown at this time. Although our 
operations  have  generally  stabilized  since  the  onset  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  expect  the  long-term  impact  of  the  COVID-19 
pandemic and government mandates on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will largely depend on the extent and 
duration of the COVID-19 pandemic, the governmental and public actions taken in response, and the effect the COVID-19 pandemic will 
have on the U.S. economy and consumer behavior. 

The impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates could include some or all of the following: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

Customers who are infected by the COVID-19 virus may not be able to visit and shop at our stores. Even if infected customers 
are physically able to shop, we have urged any individual who displays or is experiencing symptoms of the virus not to shop 
in our stores until they have recovered fully. An increase in the number of our customers who are infected by COVID-19 
could therefore negatively impact our sales. 

The  COVID-19 pandemic  and  government  mandates  may  cause  consumers to  avoid  public  gathering  places  such  as  our 
stores  or  otherwise  change  their  shopping  behaviors.  For  example,  the  practice  of  social  distancing  may  cause  fewer 
customers to frequent our stores at any given time. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates may lead 
to  a  permanent  shift  towards  more  online  shopping  for  groceries,  which  may  lead  consumers  to  purchase  groceries  and 
nutritional supplements online from competitors that offer more extensive online shopping options than we do. 

While all of our stores have continued operating since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, government mandates issued by 
local, state or federal authorities in the future may make it more difficult or impossible for customers to shop at our stores. 
In addition, limitations imposed by federal, state or local authorities on the number of customers who may shop at our stores 
at any given time could impact those stores’ transaction count. Further, federal, state or local authorities could take action to 
ban  in-store  grocery  shopping  in  favor  of  home  delivery  and  curbside  pick-ups.  Any  such  governmental  actions  could 
negatively impact our sales. 

Our costs may increase as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates. For example, from time to time 
during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have hired more Crew members to handle increased operational demands at our stores. 
Depending on the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates, we may be required to incur additional 
labor and other costs to meet the challenges posed by the COVID-19 pandemic. 

If a store Crew member contracts the COVID-19 virus, or if an infected customer spreads the virus at a store, that store may 
need to be temporarily closed for cleaning and sanitizing. Such temporary store closures could affect multiple stores at the 
same time. 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
● 

● 

● 

● 

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic may make it challenging to adequately staff our stores. 

The COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates have adversely impacted the United States economy. In the 
event of a prolonged economic downturn, consumer spending could be adversely affected, which in turn could lead to a 
decrease in spending by consumers, cause our customers to avoid visiting our stores and cause us to experience lower than 
expected  net  sales.  In  addition, customers may shift  purchases  to  lower-priced  or  other  perceived  value  offerings  during 
economic downturns. In particular, customers may reduce the amount of natural and organic products that they purchase and 
instead purchase conventional offerings, which generally have lower retail prices, at other stores. 

We have experienced increased levels of net sales and average transaction size due to the COVID-19 pandemic as public 
health  measures  have  been  implemented  by  states  across  our  footprint  and  customers  have  adjusted  to  these  new 
circumstances by consuming more food at home. While we believe that our proactive response to the COVID-19 pandemic 
has resulted in increased customer loyalty, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to experience elevated 
levels of net sales once the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. 

The  products  we  sell  are  sourced  from  a  wide  variety  of  domestic  and  international  suppliers.  Since  the  outbreak  of  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced shortages of certain products and delays in the delivery of certain products to 
our stores. While we have taken steps to mitigate these disruptions, the COVID-19 pandemic could: (i) adversely impact our 
business  by  disrupting  or  delaying  the  production  and  delivery  of  products  to  our  stores;  (ii)  adversely  impact  transport 
availability and cost; (iii) impact the financial stability of our suppliers; and (iv) cause our suppliers to prioritize the supply 
of scarce products to our competitors. 

● 

We could be subject to legal proceedings brought by customers or Crew members related to the COVID-19 pandemic or 
government mandates. 

Any of the foregoing impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial position and results of operations. The duration of any such impacts cannot be predicted because of the unpredictable 
nature  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  government  mandates.  Additionally,  our  business  could  be  severely  impacted  by  widespread 
regional, national or global health epidemics unrelated to COVID-19 in the future, which could adversely impact our business. 

We may be unable to compete effectively in our markets, which are highly competitive. 

The markets for natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements are large, fragmented and highly competitive, with few 
barriers to entry. Our competition varies by market and includes conventional supermarkets, natural, gourmet and specialty food markets, 
mass and discount retailers, foreign-based discount retailers, warehouse clubs, independent health food stores, dietary supplement retailers, 
drug stores, farmers’ markets, food co-ops, online retailers and multi-level marketers. These businesses compete with us on the basis of 
price, selection, quality, customer service, convenience, location, store format, shopping experience, ease of ordering and delivery or any 
combination of these or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. To the extent our competitors lower their 
prices, our ability to maintain sales levels and operating margins may be negatively impacted. In addition, some of our competitors are 
expanding their natural and organic food offerings, increasing the space allocated to natural and organic foods and enhancing options of 
engaging with and delivering their products to customers. Many of our competitors are larger, more established and have greater financial, 
marketing and other resources than we do, and may be able to adapt to changes in consumer preferences more quickly, devote greater 
resources  to  the  marketing  and  sale  of  their  products,  or  generate  greater  brand  recognition.  In  addition,  we  face  internally  generated 
competition when we open new stores in markets we already serve. An inability to compete effectively may cause us to lose market share 
to our competitors and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

An inability to maintain or increase our operating margins could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  intend  to  continue  our  focus  on  improving  our  operating  margins  by  leveraging  more  efficiencies  of  scale,  additional 
improved systems, further cost discipline, added focus on appropriate store labor levels and even more disciplined product selection. If we 
are unable to successfully manage the potential difficulties associated with store growth, we may not be able to capture the efficiencies of 
scale that we expect from expansion. If we are not able to capture greater efficiencies of scale, improve our systems, further enhance our 
cost discipline and increase our focus on appropriate store labor levels and disciplined product selection, we may not be able to achieve our 
goals with respect to operating margins. In addition, if we do not adequately refine and improve our various ordering, tracking and allocation 
systems, we may not be able to increase sales and reduce inventory shrink. Further, pricing pressures from competitors and the impact of 
the product discounts offered by the {N}power® customer loyalty program may also adversely impact our operating margins. As a result, 
our operating margins may stagnate or decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations and adversely affect the price of our common stock. 

24 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
A reduction in traffic to anchor stores in the shopping areas in close proximity to our stores could significantly reduce our 
sales and leave us with unsold inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Many of our stores are located in close proximity to shopping areas that may also accommodate other well-known anchor stores. 
Sales at our stores are derived, in part, from the volume of traffic generated by the other anchor stores in the shopping areas where our 
stores are located. Customer traffic may be adversely affected by enhanced customer reliance on ecommerce to meet their shopping needs, 
regional economic downturns, a general downturn in the local area where our store is located, long-term nearby road construction projects, 
the closing of nearby anchor stores or other nearby stores or the decline of the shopping environment in a particular shopping area. Any of 
these events could reduce our sales and leave us with excess inventory, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. In response to such events, we may be required to increase markdowns or initiate marketing promotions 
to reduce excess inventory, which could further decrease our gross profits and net income. 

We may experience product recalls, withdrawals or seizures which could reduce our sales and adversely affect our results of 

operations. 

We may be subject to product recalls, withdrawals or seizures if any of the products we sell is believed to cause injury or illness 
or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations in the labeling, promotion, sale or distribution of any such products. A 
significant  recall,  withdrawal  or  seizure  of  any  of  the  products  we  sell  may  require  significant  management  attention,  could  result  in 
substantial and unexpected costs and may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Furthermore, a recall, 
withdrawal or seizure of any of the products we sell may adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands and thus decrease consumer 
demand for the products we sell. We rely on our suppliers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to us comply with all 
applicable regulatory and legislative requirements. In general, we seek representation and warranties, indemnification and/or insurance 
from our suppliers. However, even with adequate insurance and indemnification, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage 
our  reputation  and  consumer  confidence  in  the  products  we  sell.  In  addition,  the  failure  of  those  products  to  comply  with  applicable 
regulatory and legislative requirements could prevent us from marketing the products or require us to recall or remove such products from 
the market, which in certain cases could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced availability of certified 

organic products or products that meet our other internal standards. 

Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of products and ingredients at competitive prices that satisfy our minimum standards 
depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow organic crops, operate pasture-based dairies, 
maintain free-range laying hens and undertake to raise livestock without the use of growth hormones, antibiotics or concentrated livestock 
feeding; the vagaries of these farming businesses; and our ability to accurately forecast our sourcing requirements. The organic ingredients 
used in many of the products we sell are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions, the effects of climate change and natural disasters, such 
as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes and pestilences. Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters can lower 
herd, flock and crop yields and reduce size and quality, which in turn could reduce the available supply of, or increase the price of, organic 
ingredients. Certain products we purchase from our suppliers include organic ingredients sourced offshore, and the availability of such 
ingredients may be affected by events in other countries. 

For our organic produce suppliers, there is some concern that implementation of the FSMA may impact the ability of produce 
growers to farm organically. In the final Produce Safety Rule, the FDA stated that it would exercise enforcement discretion regarding 
farmers complying with the USDA National Organic Program (NOP) standards for the application of biological soil amendments, which 
are a significant source of fertility input for organic production. But at the same time, the FDA stated that the NOP standard is not a food 
safety standard and that it would study and set a science based minimum standard at a later date and may promulgate a standard for the 
application of biological soil amendments that limits the ability of organic growers to use these inputs. The increased regulation and cost 
of growing produce due to the Produce Safety Rule may impact organic produce suppliers. 

In addition, we and our suppliers compete with other food producers in the procurement of products that satisfy our minimum 
standards for organic produce, dairy products, eggs and meat, which are often less plentiful in the open market than conventional ingredients 
and products. This competition may increase in the future if consumer demand increases for organic produce, dairy products from pasture-
raised animals, eggs from free-range or pastured hens, and meat from naturally raised livestock. If supplies of these products are reduced, 
or there is greater demand for such ingredients and products from us and others, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supply on favorable 
terms, or at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to our stores and may adversely affect our business, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The certified organic products we sell must be produced in compliance with government regulations and must comply with the 
requirements of the NOP in order to be labeled as such. Certain products we sell in our stores could lose their “organic” certification if their 
operation does not comply with the applicable standards and required practices of the NOP, including foreign operations using practices 
allowed under their country’s respective organic equivalency agreement. The loss of any certifications could reduce the availability of 
organic products that we can sell in our stores and harm our business. 

Disruptions affecting our significant suppliers, or our relationships with such suppliers, could negatively affect our business. 

UNFI is our single largest third-party supplier, accounting for approximately 67% of our total purchases in fiscal year 2021. In 
fiscal  year  2016,  we  extended  our  long-term  relationship  with  UNFI  as  our  primary  supplier  of  dry  grocery  and  frozen  food  products 
through May 31, 2021, subject to automatic renewals for successive one-year periods unless otherwise terminated by either party. In May 
2018, we entered into an amendment to our agreement with UNFI pursuant to which we appointed Albert’s Organics, a wholly owned 
subsidiary of UNFI, as our primary supplier of organic produce products for the majority of our stores. While we are exploring a longer-
term extension of  our  relationship  with  UNFI  beyond  the expiration  of the  current  annual  auto renewal term  on  May  31,  2022, if  our 
distribution agreement  with  UNFI  were  terminated  or  not  renewed, we  may  be unable  to establish  alternative  distribution  channels  on 
reasonable terms or at all. Due to this concentration of purchases from a single third-party supplier, the cancellation or non-renewal of our 
distribution  agreement  with  UNFI,  or  the  disruption,  delay  or  inability  of  UNFI  to  deliver  product  to  our  stores,  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if UNFI or any of our other suppliers fail to comply 
with food safety, labeling or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, that supplier’s operations may be disrupted, 
which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We and certain of our vendors use overseas sourcing to varying degrees to manufacture some or all of the products we sell. Any 
event causing a sudden disruption of manufacturing or imports from such foreign countries, including changes in the United States’ foreign 
trade policies resulting in the imposition of additional import restrictions, withdrawal from, or material modifications to, international trade 
agreements,  unanticipated  political  changes,  increased  customs  duties  or  tariffs,  labor  disputes,  health  epidemics,  adverse  weather 
conditions,  crop  failure,  acts  of  war  or  terrorism,  legal  or  economic  restrictions  on  overseas  suppliers’  ability  to  produce  and  deliver 
products, and natural disasters, could increase our costs and materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
Our business is also subject to a variety of other risks generally associated with indirectly sourcing goods from abroad, such as political 
instability, disruption of imports by labor disputes, currency fluctuations and local business practices. In addition, requirements imposed 
by the FSMA compel importers to verify that food products and ingredients produced by a foreign supplier comply with all applicable legal 
and regulatory requirements enforced by the FDA, which could result in certain products being deemed ineligible for import. In addition, 
the Department of Homeland Security may at times prevent the importation or customs clearance of certain products and ingredients for 
reasons unrelated to food safety. 

Adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and the effects of climate change could disrupt our supply chain and adversely 

impact our sales and financial performance. 

Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters could impact customer traffic at our stores, make it more difficult to fully staff 
our stores and, in more severe cases, such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, droughts, tornadoes or blizzards, eliminate the availability, or 
significantly increase the cost, of the products we sell, reduce or eliminate our ability to deliver supplies to the affected stores and cause 
closures  of  the  affected  stores,  sometimes  for  prolonged  periods  of  time.  In  addition,  climate  change  could  reduce  or  eliminate  the 
availability, or significantly increase the cost, of the products we sell at our stores. The increasing frequency and unpredictability of adverse 
weather conditions may result in decreased customer traffic, less accurate year-to-year comparisons in sales, supply disruptions and other 
factors affecting our financial performance. The response of federal, state and local governmental bodies and agencies to climate change 
through regulations, mandates, taxes or levies could materially increase our cost to operate, obtain products at a reasonable price or build 
and operate our store facilities, resulting in a material adverse effect on our financial results. Any of these situations could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Acts of violence at or threatened against our stores or the shopping centers in which they are located, including active shooter 

situations and terrorist acts, could adversely impact our sales, which could materially adversely affect our financial performance. 

Any act of violence at or threatened against our stores or the shopping centers in which they are located, including active shooter 
situations and terrorist acts, may result in restricted access to our stores or store closures in the short-term and, in the long-term, may cause 
our customers and Crew members to avoid our stores. Any such situation could adversely impact customer traffic and make it more difficult 
to fully staff our stores, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The current geographic concentration of our stores creates exposure to local economies, regional downturns, severe weather 

and other catastrophic occurrences. 

As of September 30, 2021, we had primary store concentration in Colorado and Texas, operating 41 stores and 25 stores in those 
states, respectively. As a result, our business is currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically 
diversified  competitors,  and  we  are  vulnerable  to  economic  downturns  in  those  regions.  Any  unforeseen  events  or  circumstances  that 
negatively affect these areas could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability. These factors include, among other things, 
changes in demographics, population, competition, consumer preferences, wage increases, new or revised laws or regulations, fires, floods 
or other natural disasters in these regions. Such conditions may result in reduced customer traffic and spending in our stores, physical 
damage to our stores, loss of inventory, closure of one or more of our stores, inadequate work force in our markets, temporary disruption 
in the supply of products, delays in the delivery of goods to our stores and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. Any of 
these factors may disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

If we fail to maintain our reputation and the value of our brand, our sales may decline. 

We  believe  our  continued  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  maintain  and  grow  the  value  of  the  Natural  Grocers  brand. 
Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising 
efforts  and  our  ability  to  provide  a  consistent,  high-quality  customer  experience.  Brand  value  is  based  in  large  part  on  perceptions  of 
subjective qualities, and business incidents, whether isolated or recurring, can erode consumer trust and confidence, particularly if they 
result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation. Our failure, or perceived failure, to achieve these objectives, or the 
tarnishing of our public image or reputation by negative publicity, could significantly reduce our brand value, trigger boycotts of our stores 
or  products  or  demonstrations  at  our  stores  and  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. Sources of negative publicity may include, among others, social media posts, investment or financial community posts, concerns 
regarding the safety of natural and organic products or dietary supplements and poor reviews of our stores, products, customer service and 
employment environment. 

Perishable food product losses could materially impact our results of operations. 

Our stores offer a significant number of perishable products. Our offering of perishable products may result in significant product 

inventory losses in the event of extended power or other utility outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences. 

The decision by certain of our suppliers to distribute their specialty products through other retail distribution channels could 

negatively impact our revenue from the sale of such products. 

Some of the specialty retail products that we sell in our stores are not generally available through other retail distribution channels 
such as drug stores, conventional grocery stores or mass merchandisers. In the future, our suppliers could decide to distribute such products 
through other retail distribution channels, allowing more of our competitors to offer these products to our core customers, which could 
negatively impact our revenue. 

Our ability to operate our business effectively could be impaired if we fail to retain or attract key personnel or are unable to 

attract, train and retain qualified employees. 

Our business requires disciplined execution at all levels of our organization. This execution requires an experienced and talented 
management team. The loss of any member of our senior management team, particularly Kemper Isely or Zephyr Isely, our Co-Presidents 
since 1998, or Heather Isely or Elizabeth Isely, our Executive Vice Presidents since 1998, could have a material adverse effect on our 
ability to operate our business, financial condition and results of operations, unless, and until, we are able to find a qualified replacement. 
Furthermore, our ability to manage our new store growth will require us to attract, motivate and retain qualified managers, NHCs and store 
employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively in our stores. Competition for such 
personnel  is  intense,  and  we  may  be  unable  to  attract,  assimilate  and  retain  the  personnel  required  to  grow  and  operate  our  business 
profitably. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, 
including the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work force in the markets in which we are located, unemployment 
levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment 
legislation, including unemployment benefits. If we are unable to offer competitive wages, it may be more difficult for us identify, hire and 
retain qualified personnel or the quality of our workforce could decline, causing customer service to suffer. 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Any  significant interruption  in the  operations  of  our  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and  distribution  center  or  our  supply 

chain network could disrupt our ability to deliver our merchandise in a timely manner. 

We repackage and distribute some of the products we sell through our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center in 
Golden, Colorado. Any significant interruption in the operation of our bulk food repackaging and distribution center infrastructure, such as 
disruptions due to fire, severe weather or other catastrophic events, power outages, labor disagreements, pathogen or toxic contamination, 
or  shipping  problems,  could  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  receive  and  process  orders,  and  distribute  products  to  our  stores.  Such 
interruptions could result in lost sales, cancelled sales and a loss of customer loyalty to our brand. While we maintain business interruption 
and  property  insurance,  if  the  operation  of  our  distribution  facility  were  interrupted  for  any  reason  causing  delays  in  shipment  of 
merchandise to our stores, our insurance may not be sufficient to cover losses we experience. This could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In addition, unexpected, prolonged delays in deliveries from vendors that ship directly to our stores or increases in transportation 
costs (including as a result of increased fuel costs) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Further, labor shortages or work stoppages in the transportation industry, long-term disruptions to the national and international 
transportation infrastructure, reductions in capacity and industry-specific regulations such as hours-of-service rules that lead to delays or 
interruptions of deliveries could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.          

Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business. 

Changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits could cause us to incur additional 
wage and benefits costs. Increased labor costs brought about by changes in minimum wage laws, other regulations or prevailing market 
conditions could increase our expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our profitability, or decrease the number of employees we 
are able to employ, which could decrease customer service levels and therefore adversely impact sales. 

Union activity at third-party transportation companies or labor organizing activities among our Crew members could disrupt 

our operations and harm our business. 

Independent third-party transportation companies deliver the majority of our merchandise to our stores and to our customers. 
Some of these third parties employ personnel represented by labor unions. Disruptions in the delivery of merchandise or work stoppages 
by employees of these third parties could delay the timely receipt of merchandise, which could result in reduced sales, a loss of loyalty to 
our stores and excess inventory. 

While all of our Crew members are currently non-union, our Crew members may attempt to organize and join a union. In recent 
years, the United Food and Commercial Workers Union sought unsuccessfully to organize workers at two of our stores. We could face 
union organizing activities at other locations. The unionization of all or a portion of our workforce could result in work slowdowns, could 
increase our overall costs and reduce the efficiency of our operations at the affected locations, could adversely affect our flexibility to run 
our business competitively, and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Future events could result in impairment of long-lived assets, which may result in charges that adversely affect our results of 

operations and capitalization. 

Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of the assets may not be recoverable. Our impairment evaluations require use of financial estimates of future cash flows. Application of 
alternative assumptions could produce significantly different results. We may be required to recognize impairments of long-lived assets 
based on future economic factors such as unfavorable changes in estimated future undiscounted cash flows of an asset group. 

We have significant lease obligations, which may adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise additional capital or 

continue paying rent for store locations that we no longer operate. 

We lease our stores, administrative facility and bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center. Our significant level of 
fixed lease obligations requires us to use a portion of cash generated by our operations to satisfy these obligations, which could create 
liquidity  problems  and  require  us  to  raise  additional  capital  through  debt  or  equity  financings,  which  may  not  be  available  on  terms 
satisfactory to us or at all. We require substantial cash flows from operations to make payments under our leases, all of which provide for 
periodic increases in rent. If we are unable to make the required payments under the leases, the owners of the relevant locations may, among 
other things, repossess those assets, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our operations. Further, the termination of a lease 
due  to  the  non-payment  of  rent  under  such  lease  would  trigger  an  event  of  default  under  our  credit  facility  if  such  termination  could 
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business or our ability to meet our obligations thereunder. 

28 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition, our lease costs could increase because of changes in the real estate markets and supply or demand for real estate sites. 
We generally cannot cancel our leases, so if we decide to close or relocate a location, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our 
obligations under the applicable lease including paying the base rent for the remaining lease term. As each lease expires, we may fail to 
negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or any terms at all, and may not be able to find replacement locations that will 
provide for the same success as current store locations. Of the current leases for our stores, two expire in fiscal year 2022, three expire in 
fiscal year 2023,eight expire in fiscal year 2024, twelve expire in fiscal 2025 and the remainder expire between fiscal years 2026 and 2062. 

Any material disruption to or failure of our information systems could negatively impact our operations.  

We rely extensively on a variety of information systems to effectively manage the operations of our growing store base, including 
for point-of-sale processing in our stores, supply chain, financial reporting, human resources and various other processes and transactions. 
Our information systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer 
viruses, security breaches, catastrophic events and usage errors by our Crew members. In addition, our information technology systems 
may also fail to perform as anticipated, and we may encounter difficulties in implementing new systems, adapting these systems to changing 
technologies or expanding them to meet the future needs and growth of our business. If our information systems are breached, disrupted, 
damaged, encrypted by ransomware, or fail to perform as designed, we may have to make significant investments to repair or replace them; 
suffer interruptions in our operations; experience data loss; incur liability to our customers, Crew members and others; face costly litigation, 
enforcement actions and penalties; and suffer harm to our reputation with our customers. Furthermore, changes in technology could cause 
our information systems to become obsolete, as a result of which it may be necessary to incur additional costs to upgrade such systems. If 
our information systems prove inadequate to handle our growth, we could lose customers, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are also vulnerable to certain risks and uncertainties associated with our 
website,  including  changes  in  required  technology  interfaces,  website  downtime  and  other  technical  failures  and  consumer  privacy 
concerns. 

Various third parties, such as our suppliers and payment processors, also rely heavily on information technology systems, and 
any failure of these third-party systems could also cause loss of sales, transactional or other data and significant interruptions to our business. 
Any material interruption in the information technology systems we rely on could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating 
results and financial condition. 

Failure to protect our information systems against cyber-attacks or information security breaches, including failure to protect 
the integrity and security of individually identifiable data of our customers and Crew members, could expose us to litigation, damage 
our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.  

We rely on computer systems and information technology to conduct our business, including to securely transmit data associated 
with  cashless  payments.  These  systems  and  technology  are  increasingly complex  and  vital  to  our  operations,  which  has  resulted  in  an 
expansion of our technological presence and corresponding risk exposure. In addition, these systems are inherently vulnerable to disruption 
or failure, as well as internal and external security breaches, denial of service attacks and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. If 
we were to experience difficulties maintaining or operating existing systems or implementing new systems, or were subject to a significant 
security breach or attack, we could incur significant losses due to disruptions in our operations. 

In  addition,  we  receive  and  maintain  certain  personal  information  about  our  customers  and  Crew  members.  The  use  of  this 
information  by  us  is  regulated  by  applicable  law.  Privacy  and  information  security  laws  and  regulations  change,  and  compliance  with 
updates may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes and the development of new administrative processes. 

Although  we  have  implemented  procedures  to  protect  our  information,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  our  security  systems  will 
successfully defend against rapidly evolving, increasingly sophisticated cyber-attacks as they become more difficult to detect and defend 
against. Our continued investment in our information technology systems may not effectively insulate us from potential attacks, breaches 
or disruptions to our business operations. If our security and information systems are breached or compromised, or if our Crew members 
fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations, and personal or other confidential information is obtained by unauthorized persons or 
used inappropriately, it could interrupt our business, resulting in a slowdown of our normal business activities or limitations on our ability 
to process credit card transactions, and could adversely affect our reputation, ability to compete in the food retail marketplace, financial 
condition and results of operations. Additionally, a data security breach could subject us to litigation, customer demands for indemnification 
for third party claims and/or the imposition of penalties, fines or other assessments. In such event, our liability could exceed our insurance 
coverage or our ability to pay. In addition, a data security breach could require that we expend significant amounts to remediate the breach, 
including changes in our information security systems. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In recent years, we have implemented numerous additional security protocols in order to further enhance security, including the 
installation  of  EMV,  or  chip  and  PIN,  point-of-sale  terminals  at  all  our  stores.  However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  data  security 
breaches will not occur in the future, or that any such data security breach will be detected in a timely manner. 

Claims  under  our  self-insurance  program  may  differ  from  our  estimates,  which  could  negatively  impact  our  results  of 

operations. 

We  currently  maintain  insurance  customary  for  businesses  of  our  size  and  type  using  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-
insurance plans to provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, professional liability, property insurance, 
director and officers’ liability insurance, cyber risk, vehicle liability and employee health-care benefits. There are types of losses we may 
incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Such losses could have a material adverse 
effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by us are estimated, in part, 
by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors, severity factors and other actuarial assumptions. Our results could be 
materially impacted by claims and other expenses related to such plans if future occurrences and claims differ from these assumptions and 
historical trends. 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete and the value of our brand could be harmed. 

We believe that our trademarks or service marks, trade dress, copyrights, trade secrets, know-how and similar intellectual property 
are  important  to  our  success.  In  particular,  we  believe  that  the  Natural  Grocers  name  is  important  to  our  business,  as  well  as  to  the 
implementation of our growth strategy. Our principal intellectual property rights include registered marks on Natural Grocers, Vitamin 
Cottage, Health Hotline, Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Vitamin Cottage Natural Grocers, EDAP - Every Day Affordable Price, 
{N}power®, Organic Headquarters, Organic Month Headquarters, Organic Produce Headquarters, Natural Grocers Cottage Wine and 
Craft Beer, Resolution Reset Day, These Came First and Natural Grocers Top 10 Nutrition Trends, common law intellectual property 
rights  in  certain  other  marks  used  in  our  business,  copyrights  of  our  website  content,  rights  to  our  domain  names,  including 
www.naturalgrocers.com and www.vitamincottage.com, and trade secrets and know-how with respect to our product sourcing, sales and 
marketing and other aspects of our business. As such, we rely on trademark or service mark and copyright law, trade secret protection and 
confidentiality agreements with our Crew members and certain of our consultants, suppliers and others to protect our proprietary rights. If 
we are unable to defend or protect or preserve the value of our trademarks or service marks, copyrights, trade secrets or other proprietary 
rights for any reason, our brand and reputation could be impaired and we could lose customers. 

Although several of our brand names are registered in the United States, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or 
service mark or trade name protection and the costs required to protect our trademarks or service marks and trade names may be substantial. 
In addition, the relationship between regulations governing domain names and laws protecting trademarks or service marks and similar 
proprietary rights is unclear. Therefore, we may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe 
upon  or  otherwise  decrease  the  value  of  our  trademarks  or  service  marks  and  other  proprietary  rights.  Additionally,  other  parties  may 
infringe on our intellectual property rights and may thereby dilute our brand in the marketplace. Third parties could also bring additional 
intellectual property infringement suits against us from time to time to challenge our intellectual property rights. Any such infringement of 
our intellectual property rights by others, or claims by third parties against us, could likely result in a commitment of our time and resources 
to protect these rights through litigation or otherwise. If we were to receive an adverse judgment in such a matter, we could suffer further 
dilution of our trademarks or service marks and other rights, which could harm our ability to compete as well as our business prospects, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Inflation or deflation could adversely affect our business. 

Our financial performance could be adversely impacted by relative rates of inflation or deflation, which are subject to market 
conditions. Inflationary or deflationary pressures on the products we sell could impact our net sales and earnings. If the price of goods 
changes as a result of inflation or deflation, we may be unable to adjust our retail prices accordingly, which could adversely impact our 
sales or earnings. Commodities used in many of our products, including our Natural Grocers brand products, can be subject to availability 
constraints and price volatility caused by weather, supply conditions, government regulations, tariffs, energy prices and general economic 
conditions and other unpredictable factors. Changes in food and commodity prices could also negatively impact our sales and earnings if 
our competitors react more aggressively. Additionally, the cost of construction materials we use to build and remodel our stores is also 
subject  to  price  volatility  based  on  market  and  economic  conditions.  Higher  construction  material  prices  could  increase  the  capital 
expenditures needed to construct a new store or remodel an existing store and, as a result, could increase the investment required and our 
rent obligations. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Energy  costs  are  a  significant  component  of  our  operating  expenses  and  increasing  energy  costs,  unless  offset  by  more 

efficient usage or other operational responses, may impact our profitability. 

We utilize natural gas, water, sewer and electricity in our stores and use gasoline and diesel in our trucks that deliver products to 
our stores. Increases in energy costs, whether driven by increased demand, decreased or disrupted supply or an anticipation of any such 
events will increase the costs of operating our stores. Our shipping costs have also increased due to fuel and freight prices, and these costs 
may continue to increase. We may not be able to recover these rising costs through increased prices charged to our customers, and any 
increased prices may exacerbate the risk of customers choosing lower-cost alternatives. In addition, if we are unsuccessful in attempts to 
protect against these increases in energy costs through long-term energy contracts, improved energy procurement, improved efficiency and 
other  operational  improvements,  the  overall  costs  of  operating  our  stores  will  increase  which  could  impact  our  profitability,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Increases in certain costs affecting our marketing, advertising and promotions may adversely impact our ability to advertise 

effectively and reduce our profitability. 

Postage, paper and printing costs affect the cost of our promotional mailings. Previous changes in postal rates increased the cost 
of  our  Health  Hotline  mailings  and  previous  increases  in  paper  and  printing  costs  increased  the  cost  of  producing  our  Health  Hotline 
newspaper inserts. In response to any future increase in mailing costs, we may consider reducing the number and size of certain promotional 
pieces. In addition, we rely on discounts from the basic postal rate structure, such as discounts for bulk mailings and sorting by zip code 
and carrier routes. We are not party to any long-term contracts for the supply of paper. 

We are also affected by increases in billboard costs and the cost of producing and broadcasting our television, radio, internet and 
social media advertising. Previous changes in broadcast rates resulted in an increase in the cost of our television commercials. In response 
to any future increase in broadcast costs, we may consider reducing the frequency, placement and length of certain promotional pieces. We 
are not party to any long-term contracts for broadcast time. Future increases in costs affecting our marketing, advertising and promotions 
could adversely impact our ability to advertise effectively and our profitability. 

Legal proceedings could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our operations, which are characterized by transactions involving a high volume of customer traffic and a wide variety of product 
selections, carry a higher exposure to consumer litigation risk when compared to the operations of companies operating in certain other 
industries. Consequently, we may become a party to individual personal injury, product liability and other legal actions in the ordinary 
course of our business, including litigation arising from food-related illness or product labeling. In addition, our Crew members may from 
time  to  time  bring  lawsuits  against  us  regarding  injury,  hostile  work  environment,  discrimination,  wage  and  hour  disputes,  sexual 
harassment or other employment-related issues. In recent years, there has been an increase in the number of discrimination and harassment 
claims across the United States generally. While these actions are generally routine in nature, incidental to the operation of our business 
and immaterial in scope, the outcome of litigation is difficult to assess or quantify. Additionally, we could be exposed to industry-wide or 
class-action claims arising from the products we carry or industry-specific business practices. While we maintain insurance, such coverage 
may not be adequate or may not cover a specific legal claim. Moreover, the cost to defend against litigation may be significant. There may 
also be adverse publicity associated with litigation that may decrease consumer confidence in or perceptions of our business, regardless of 
whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial position and results of operations. 

Effective tax rate changes and results of examinations by taxing authorities could materially impact our results of operations. 

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by our earnings mix being lower than historical results in states where 
we have lower statutory rates and higher than historical results in states where we have higher statutory rates, by changes in the valuation 
of our deferred tax assets and liabilities or by changes in tax laws or interpretations thereof. President Biden has provided informal guidance 
on what tax law changes he would support. Among other things, his proposals would raise the rate on both domestic and foreign income 
and impose a new alternative minimum tax on book income. If these proposals are ultimately enacted into legislation, they could materially 
impact our tax provision, cash tax liability and effective tax rate. If any or all of these (or similar) proposals are ultimately enacted into law, 
in whole or in part, they could have a negative impact on the Company’s effective tax rate. In addition, we are subject to periodic audits 
and  examinations  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  (IRS)  and  other  state  and  local  taxing  authorities.  Our  results  could  be  materially 
impacted by the determinations and expenses related to proceedings by the IRS and other state and local taxing authorities. 

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could lead to material misstatements in our financial 
statements, in which case investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price 
of our common stock may decline. 

As  a  public  company,  we  are  required  to  maintain  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley), we are required to file a report by management on the effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to the effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting. 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, if we identify any material weaknesses therein, if 
we are unsuccessful in our efforts to remediate any such material weakness, if our management is unable to report that our internal control 
over financial reporting is effective when required, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion 
as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and 
completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. In addition, we could become 
subject to investigations by the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management 
resources. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  may  materially  impact  reporting  of  our  financial  condition  and  reported  results  of 

operations. 

Generally accepted accounting principles and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations 
for  many  aspects  of  our  business,  such  as  accounting  for  leases,  inventories,  useful  lives  of  long-lived  assets  for  depreciation  and 
amortization, goodwill and intangible assets, impairment of finite-lived intangible and long-lived assets, self-insurance reserves, income 
taxes and share-based compensation assumptions, are highly complex and involve subjective judgments. Changes in these rules or their 
interpretation or changes in underlying estimates, assumptions or judgments could significantly change or add significant volatility to our 
reported earnings without a comparable underlying change in cash flow from operations. As a result, changes in accounting standards may 
materially impact our reported results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations – Recent Accounting Pronouncements.” 

Risks related to government regulations and policies 

If we or our third-party suppliers fail to comply with regulatory requirements, or are unable to provide products that meet our 

specifications, our business and our reputation could suffer. 

If we or our third-party suppliers, including suppliers of our Natural Grocers brand private label products, fail to comply with 
applicable  regulatory  requirements  or to  meet  our  quality  specifications,  we could  be  required  to  take costly  corrective  action  and  our 
reputation  could  suffer.  We  do  not  own  or  operate  any  manufacturing  facilities,  except  for  our  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and 
distribution  center  discussed  below,  and  therefore  depend  upon  independent  third-party  vendors  to  produce  our  private  label  branded 
products, such as vitamins, minerals, dietary supplements, body care products, food products and bottled water. Third-party suppliers may 
not maintain adequate controls, including USDA and FDA mandated good manufacturing practices, with respect to product specifications 
and quality. Such suppliers may be unable to produce products on a timely basis or in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements. 
We depend upon our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center for the majority of our private label bulk food products. We 
may also be unable to maintain adequate product specification and quality controls at our bulk food repackaging facility and distribution 
center, or produce products on a timely basis and in a manner consistent with regulatory requirements. In addition, we may be required to 
find  new  third-party  suppliers  of  our  private  label  products  or  to  find  third-party  suppliers  to  source  our  bulk  foods.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that we would be successful in finding such third-party suppliers that meet our quality guidelines. 

We, as well as our suppliers, are subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations and our compliance with 
these laws and regulations, as they currently exist or as modified in the future, may increase our costs, limit or eliminate our ability to 
sell certain products, require recalls of certain products, raise regulatory enforcement risks not present in the past or otherwise adversely 
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

We  are  subject  to  various  federal,  state  and local  laws, regulations  and  administrative  practices that  affect  our  business.  Our 
suppliers and contract manufacturers are also subject to such laws and regulations. The safety, formulation, manufacturing, processing, 
packaging, importation, labeling, promotion, advertising and distribution of products we sell in our stores, including private label products, 
are subject to regulation by several federal agencies, including the FDA, the FTC, the USDA, the CPSC and the EPA, as well as by various 
state and local agencies. 

Dietary Supplement Risks. Our sale of dietary supplements is subject to the FDA’s comprehensive regulatory authority under the 
FDCA, as amended by DSHEA. DSHEA greatly expanded the FDA’s regulatory authority over dietary supplements and empowered the 
FDA to establish good manufacturing practice regulations governing key aspects of the production of dietary supplements, including quality 
control, packaging and labeling. Under DSHEA, no dietary supplement may bear a statement that expressly or implicitly represents that 
such supplement will diagnose, cure, treat or prevent a disease. If these laws and regulations were violated by our management, Crew 
members, suppliers, distributors or vendors, we could be subject to regulatory enforcement action, public warning letters, product recalls, 
fines, penalties and sanctions, including injunctions against the future shipment and sale of products, seizure and confiscation of products, 
prohibition on the operation of our stores, restitution and disgorgement of profits, operating restrictions and even criminal prosecution in 
some circumstances. In addition, other public and private actors are increasingly targeting dietary supplement retailers and manufacturers 
with class action lawsuits for selling products that allegedly fail to adhere to the requirements of FDCA and DSHEA, including for failing 
to adhere to current good manufacturing practices, making false or misleading product statements, providing inaccurate ingredient identity 
and  potency,  and  failing to  control  or  disclose contaminants,  residues  and  adulterants, as  well  as  for  state common  and  statutory  laws 
regarding deceptive trade practices. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In addition, DSHEA differentiates between old dietary ingredients, or ODIs (i.e., those ingredients present in the food supply 
prior to October 15, 1994, which require no pre-market notification to the FDA), and new dietary ingredients, or NDIs (i.e., those ingredients 
not proven to be present in the food supply prior to October 15, 1994, which do require pre-market notification to the FDA). The FDA has 
not yet issued final guidance regarding the identification of a NDI or the evidence needed to document a NDI’s safety, but when it does 
such  guidance may  increase  the  cost  of compliance in  establishing  the identity and  safety  of  a NDI.  In  addition,  the  FDA  has  not  yet 
promulgated a definitive list of ODIs, but if it does, such a list of ODIs could disrupt the supply of any dietary supplements made from 
ingredients that are currently believed to pre-date DSHEA but are not ultimately classified as an ODI. Accordingly, changes in dietary 
supplement regulation could also materially adversely affect the cost and availability of the dietary supplement products that we sell. 

Advertising  and  Products  Claims  Risks.  We  could  also  be  the  target  of  claims  relating  to  false  or  deceptive  advertising  in 
connection with the marketing and advertising of the products we sell, including under the auspices of the FTC, the consumer protection 
statutes of some states and some non-government watchdog groups. In addition, the FDA has aggressively enforced its regulations with 
respect to structure/function claims (e.g., “calcium builds strong bones”), health claims (e.g., "adequate calcium throughout life may reduce 
the risk of osteoporosis"), nutrient content claims (e.g., “high in antioxidants”) and other claims that impermissibly suggest therapeutic 
benefits for certain foods or food components. In addition, the number of private consumer class actions relating to false or deceptive 
advertising against cosmetic, food, beverage and nutritional supplement manufacturers has increased in recent years. These events could 
interrupt the marketing and sales of products in our stores, including our private label products, severely damage our brand reputation and 
public image, increase the cost of products in our stores, result in product recalls or litigation, and impede our ability to deliver merchandise 
in sufficient quantities or quality to our stores, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results 
of operations and cash flows. 

Our reputation could also suffer from real or perceived issues involving the labeling or marketing of products we sell as “natural.” 
Although  the  FDA  and  the  USDA  have  each  issued  statements  regarding the appropriate  use of  the  word  “natural,”  and the  FDA  has 
indicated it intends to define the term, there is currently no single U.S. government-regulated definition of the term “natural” for use in the 
food industry. The resulting uncertainty has led to consumer confusion, distrust and a growing number of legal challenges. Plaintiffs have 
commenced  class  action  litigation  against  a  number  of  food  companies  and  retailers  that  market  “natural”  products,  asserting  false, 
misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims. Should we become subject to similar lawsuits or claims, consumers may avoid 
purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is ultimately determined to be unfounded. Adverse publicity 
about these matters may discourage consumers from buying our products. Further, the cost of defending against any such class actions 
could be significant. Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims would be 
difficult and costly to overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Any of these events could adversely affect our reputation 
and brand and decrease our sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows. 

Organic and GMO Claims. We are also subject to the requirements of the USDA’s National Organic Program (NOP), which 
establishes federal standards for organically produced agricultural products. The NOP regulations assure our customers that products with 
the “USDA Organic” seal meet consistent and uniform standards. The failure of one or more of our suppliers to comply with the NOP 
regulations could cause a disruption in the supply of our product offerings. In addition, the USDA has recently set forth final rules on the 
labeling  of  food  produced  with  bioengineering.  Voluntary  compliance  with  these  rules  began  in  January  2020  and  the  deadline  for 
mandatory compliance is January 1, 2022. 

FSMA Implementation Risks. The FSMA significantly expanded food safety requirements and the FDA’s regulatory authority 
over food safety. Voluminous regulations and rules issued under the FSMA are in varying degrees of implementation. In addition, the 
FSMA required the FDA to establish science-based minimum standards for the safe production and harvesting of produce and increase 
inspection  of  foreign  and  domestic  facilities.  With  respect  to  both  food  products  and  dietary  supplements,  the  FSMA  meaningfully 
augmented the FDA’s ability to access both producers’ and suppliers’ records and added new records that must be created and maintained. 
The FSMA also requires the implementation of enhanced tracking and tracing of food and dietary supplements through production and 
distribution and, as a result, added recordkeeping burdens upon our suppliers. In addition, under the FSMA, the FDA now has the authority 
to inspect facilities, certifications and supplier documentation to evaluate whether foods and ingredients from our suppliers are compliant 
with applicable regulatory requirements. Such FDA inspections, and regulatory actions resulting therefrom, may require product recalls, 
delay the supply of certain products or result in certain products being unavailable to us for sale in our stores. The implementation of the 
FSMA requirements may be too expensive or too complicated for some of our suppliers, which may increase the cost, or curtail or eliminate 
the supply, of certain products that we purchase from small and/or local suppliers. 

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Homeopathic Products. In recent years, the FDA and FTC have increased their regulatory scrutiny of homeopathic drug products. 
In October 2019, the FDA released new draft guidance on homeopathic drugs, stating that the agency intends to take a risk-based approach 
to  reviewing  how  some  homeopathic  drug  products  are  marketed,  under  which  it  will  prioritize  enforcement  and  regulatory  actions 
involving certain categories of homeopathic drug products marketed without the required FDA approval. Although no final guidance has 
yet been issued, such guidance may require homeopathic products to be approved for sale under a new approval or review regimen or 
otherwise lessen their availability for us to sell in our stores. 

Third-Party Risks. We rely on our suppliers and contract manufacturers to ensure that the products they manufacture and sell to 
us comply with all applicable regulatory requirements and are made using FDA-mandated good manufacturing practices. In general, we 
seek  certifications  of  compliance,  representations  and  warranties,  indemnification  and/or  insurance  from  our  suppliers  and  contract 
manufacturers.  However,  even  with  adequate  insurance  and  indemnification,  the  failure  of  any  products  to  comply  with  applicable 
regulatory requirements could prevent us from marketing such products or require us to recall or remove such products from our stores. In 
addition, any claims of non-compliance could significantly damage our reputation and consumer confidence in the products we sell. 

Other Regulatory Risks. We are also subject to laws and regulations more generally applicable to retailers, including labor and 
employment, taxation, zoning and land use, environmental protection, workplace safety, public health, advertising and selling practices, 
alcoholic beverage sales and handling and transport of products derived from industrial hemp. We cannot predict the nature of future laws, 
regulations,  interpretations  or  applications,  or  determine  what  effect  either  additional  government  regulations  or  administrative  orders, 
when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state and local regulatory schemes could have on our business in the future. They could, 
however, require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to 
be reformulated, additional recordkeeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling 
and scientific substantiation. Any or all of such requirements could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

Our sale of products containing cannabidiol (CBD) could lead to regulatory action by federal, state and/or local authorities 

or legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of consumers. 

The Agricultural Improvement Act of 2018 (the 2018 Farm Bill) legalized the cultivation, processing and sale of “industrial hemp” 
(i.e.,  cannabis  containing  no  more  than  0.3%  tetrahydrocannabinol,  or  THC).  Industrial  hemp  contains  CBD,  a  non-psychoactive 
compound. Despite the provisions of the 2018 Farm Bill and subsequent U.S. Department of Agriculture rules, uncertainty exists concerning 
the legal and regulatory status of finished products containing CBD. The FDA prohibits the inclusion of CBD in the food supply and dietary 
supplements even if they are derived from industrial hemp on the basis that CBD is an active ingredient in FDA-approved drugs, and, 
therefore, its addition to foods and dietary supplements is unlawful under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FDCA). The FDA 
has  yet  to  establish  a  regulatory  framework  for  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  products  containing  CBD,  and  has  sent  warning  letters, 
sometimes in concert with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), to certain CBD manufacturers that are alleged to have marketed their 
products  in  violation  of  the  FDCA.  The  warning  letters  focus  on  allegations  that  the  CBD  manufacturers  have  marketed  the  products 
through unsubstantiated health claims. The FDA also announced that it cannot conclude based on current published studies that CBD is 
generally  recognized  as  safe  (GRAS)  for  use  in  human  and  animal  food  products.  Food  and  beverage  products,  including  nutritional 
supplements, that contain non-GRAS ingredients are considered to be adulterated under the FDCA. In addition, certain state and local 
governments have taken action to restrict or prohibit the sale of products containing CBD. Further, class action lawsuits have been filed 
against certain CBD manufacturers alleging that their products are misbranded, mislabeled and falsely advertised under state consumer 
protection laws. 

We sell products containing CBD at certain of our stores. While we strive to sell products containing CBD only in states and 
localities  where  such  sale  is  permissible,  state  and  local  authorities  in  those  areas  may  adopt  new  laws  and  regulations,  or  adopt 
interpretations of existing laws and regulations, that restrict or prohibit the sale of products containing CBD. Further, we could be subject 
to regulatory action brought by federal, state and/or local authorities, or legal proceedings brought by or on behalf of consumers, that allege, 
among  other  things,  that:  (i)  our  sale  of  products  containing  CBD  violates  applicable  federal  or  state  law  (including  applicable  state 
consumer protection laws); (ii) the products we sell that contain CBD are adulterated, contaminated, or have been misbranded or labeled 
in violation of applicable rules, regulations or standards of the FDA, the FDCA or any other federal or state law or agency; (iii) the products 
we  sell  that  contain  CBD  have  been  labeled  with  (a)  express  or  implied  health  claims  that  are  not  supported  by  appropriate  scientific 
evidence  or  (b)  claims  that  are  difficult  or  impossible  to  verify;  (iv)  the  products  we  sell  that  contain  CBD  have  been  labeled  with 
inappropriate  dosing  instructions  or  use  recommendations;  (v)  the  products  we  sell  that  contain  CBD  have  been  improperly  tested  or 
evaluated or do not contain the stated concentration of CBD; and (vi) the products we sell that contain CBD contain more than the legally 
allowable concentration of THC. Any such regulatory action or legal proceeding could have a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial position and results of operations. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The  activities  of  our  Nutritional  Health  Coaches  and  our  nutrition  education  services  may  be  impacted  by  government 

regulation or an inability to secure adequate liability insurance. 

Some of the activities of our NHCs, who, among other duties, provide nutrition oriented educational services to our customers, 
may be subject to state and federal regulation and oversight by professional organizations, or may be misconstrued by our customers as 
medical advice. In the past, the FDA has expressed concerns regarding summarized health and nutrition-related information that: (i) does 
not, in the FDA’s view, accurately present such information; (ii) diverts a consumer’s attention and focus from FDA-required nutrition 
labeling and information; or (iii) impermissibly promotes drug-type disease-related benefits. Although we provide training to our NHCs 
on relevant regulatory requirements, we cannot control the actions of such individuals, and our NHCs may not act in accordance with such 
regulations. If our NHCs or other Crew members do not act in accordance with regulatory requirements, we may become subject to penalties 
or litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We believe we are currently compliant with relevant regulatory 
requirements, and we maintain professional liability insurance on behalf of our NHCs in order to mitigate risks associated with our NHCs’ 
nutrition oriented educational activities. However, we cannot predict the nature of future government regulation and oversight, including 
the potential impact of any such regulation on the services currently provided by our NHCs. Furthermore, the availability of professional 
liability  insurance  or  the  scope of  such  coverage  may  change,  or  our  insurance coverage  may  prove  inadequate,  which may adversely 
impact the ability of our NHCs to provide some services to our customers. The occurrence of any such developments could negatively 
impact the perception of our brand, our sales, our ability to attract new customers and liability for governmental or third party claims. 

Consumers or regulatory agencies may challenge certain claims made regarding the products we sell. 

Our reputation could also suffer from real or perceived issues involving the labeling or marketing of the products we sell. Products 
that we sell may carry claims as to the origin, purity, potency, and identify of ingredients, and claims regarding efficacy or health benefits, 
one example is the use of the term “natural.” Although the FDA and USDA each has issued statements regarding the appropriate use of the 
word “natural,” there is no single United States government-regulated definition of the term “natural” for use in the food industry. The 
resulting uncertainty has led to consumer confusion, distrust and legal challenges. Plaintiffs have commenced legal actions against a number 
of food companies that market “natural” products, asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims, including 
claims related to genetically modified ingredients. In limited circumstances, the FDA and state attorneys general have taken regulatory 
action against products labeled “natural” but that nonetheless contain synthetic ingredients or components. Another example is products 
not made from animal ingredients but identified on their labels as “meat” or “milk” or similar terms may also be subject to new regulatory 
constraints or legal challenges regarding the accuracy and legality of these terms. Should we become subject to similar claims, consumers 
may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded. Adverse publicity about these 
matters may discourage consumers from buying the products we sell. The cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. 
Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims could be difficult and costly to 
overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Any of these events could adversely affect our reputation and brand and decrease 
our sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The products we sell could suffer from real or perceived quality or food safety concerns and may cause unexpected side effects, 
illness, injury or death that could result in their discontinuance or expose us to lawsuits, any of which could result in unexpected costs 
and damage to our reputation. 

We could be materially, adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of products we sell. There is 
substantial governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food, cosmetics and dietary supplement safety. We believe that many 
customers hold us to a higher quality standard than other retailers. Many of the products we sell are vitamins, herbs and other ingredients 
that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. The products 
we sell could contain contaminated substances, and some of the products we sell contain ingredients that do not have long histories of 
human consumption. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human use or consumption of these ingredients could occur. 
Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death caused by the products we sell could result in the discontinuance of sales of the products 
we sell or prevent us from achieving market acceptance of the affected products. Such side effects, illnesses, injuries and death could also 
expose us to product liability or negligence lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed our existing or future insurance policy 
coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is in excess of our policy limits would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which 
would reduce our capital resources. Further, we may not have sufficient capital resources to pay a judgment in which case our creditors 
could levy against our assets. The real or perceived sale of contaminated or harmful products could result in government enforcement 
action, private litigation and product recalls. Such an occurrence could also cause negative publicity regarding our Company, brand or 
products, including negative publicity in social media. The real or perceived sale of contaminated or harmful products could therefore harm 
our reputation and net sales, have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, or result in our 
insolvency. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our political advocacy activities may reduce our customer count and sales. 

We believe our ability to profitably operate our business depends, in part, upon our access to natural and organic products and 
dietary  supplements.  We  attempt  to  protect  our  interest  in  this  access  through  ongoing  and  proactive  political  advocacy  campaigns, 
including participation in education programs, petitions, letter writing, phone calls, policy conferences, advisory boards, industry groups, 
public commentary and meetings with trade groups, office holders and regulators. We may publicly ally with and support trade groups, 
political  candidates,  government  officials  and  regulators  who  support  a  particular  policy  we  consider  important to  our  business and  in 
alignment  with  our  principles  regarding  access  to  natural  and  organic  products  and  dietary  supplements.  We  may,  from  time  to  time, 
publicly oppose other trade groups, candidates, officeholders and regulators whose point of view we believe will harm our business, or 
impede access to nutritious food and dietary supplements. In some cases, we may lose customers and sales because our political advocacy 
activities are perceived to be contrary to those customers’ points of view, political affiliations, political beliefs or voting preferences. 

Risks related to our indebtedness and liquidity 

Our credit facility could limit our operational flexibility.  

We are party to a credit facility consisting of a $50.0 million revolving loan facility (our Revolving Facility) and a fully drawn 
$35.0 million term loan facility (our Term Loan Facility, and together with our Revolving Facility, our Credit Facility). Our Credit Facility 
is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets and contains usual and customary restrictive covenants relating to our management 
and the operation of our business. These covenants, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness; grant liens; 
engage  in  certain  merger,  consolidation  or  asset  sale  transactions;  make  certain  investments;  make  loans,  advances,  guarantees  or 
acquisitions; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; pay dividends or repurchase shares of our common stock; and permit certain 
sale and leaseback transactions without lender consent. We are also required to maintain certain financial measurements under our Credit 
Facility, including a consolidated leverage ratio. These covenants could restrict our operational flexibility and any failure to comply with 
these covenants or our payment obligations could limit our ability to borrow under our Credit Facility and, in certain circumstances, may 
allow the lender thereunder to require repayment. 

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, which could adversely impact our 

business. 

As of September 30, 2021, we had no outstanding indebtedness under our Revolving Facility and $23.7 million of outstanding 
indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future, including borrowings under our Credit 
Facility.  Satisfying  our  debt  repayment  obligations  may  require  us  to  divert  funds  identified  for  other  purposes  and  could  impair  our 
liquidity position. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations could have important consequences, 
including: 

● 

reducing our ability to execute our growth strategy and open new stores; 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

impacting our ability to continue to execute our operational strategies in existing stores; 

impairing our liquidity position; 

impacting our ability to obtain merchandise from our vendors; 

requiring us to delay capital expenditures and divert funds intended for other purposes; 

increasing our vulnerability to competitive and general economic conditions; 

placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; 

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; and 

adversely  affecting  our  ability  to  borrow  additional  funds  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions,  share
repurchases, dividends or other general corporate purposes. 

If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of 
assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis, on 
terms satisfactory to us or at all. In addition, if we fail to comply with any of the financial covenants or the other restrictions contained in 
our Credit Facility, an event of default could occur, which may result in the acceleration of all amounts owing under our Credit Facility. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Our ability to obtain necessary funds through borrowing will depend on our ability to generate cash flow from operations. Our 
ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our 
control. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or if future borrowings are not available to us under our 
Credit Facility or otherwise in amounts sufficient to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, our business, financial condition and results of 
operations may be adversely affected. 

Our liquidity needs may require us to raise additional capital through debt or equity financings. 

We depend upon cash flow from our operations and borrowings from our Credit Facility to fund our business and execute on 
our growth strategy. In the absence of sufficient cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowing capacity under our 
Credit Facility, we may be unable to meet our liquidity needs. In that event, we may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing 
in order to fund capital expenditures, to provide additional working capital for our business or to fund the execution of our growth strategy. 
In addition, changes in economic conditions, or market conditions requiring a shift in our business model could result in our need for 
additional debt or equity financing. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements. We do not know whether 
we will be able to take any of such actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all. If financing is not available to us on 
satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to operate or expand our business or to successfully pursue our growth strategy, and our 
results of operations may suffer. Pursuant to the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) Listed Company Manual, in order to rely on the 
“controlled company” corporate governance exemptions, the Isely family is, or entities controlled by the Isely family are, required to retain 
more than 50% of the total voting power of our shares of common stock for the election of directors. As long as we intend to remain a 
“controlled company,” these voting requirements will constrain our ability to issue additional shares of our common stock in the future. 

Our share repurchase program may adversely affect our liquidity and cause fluctuations in our stock price. 

In May 2016, our Board authorized a two-year share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 
$10.0 million in shares of our common stock. Our Board subsequently extended the share repurchase program, which will terminate on 
May 31, 2022. Potential future share repurchases under the share repurchase program could be funded by operating cash flow, excess cash 
balances  or  borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility.  The  dollar  value  of  the  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  that  may  yet  be 
repurchased under the share repurchase program is $8.3 million. Such borrowings will reduce the amount of capital available under our 
Credit  Facility  for  other  purposes,  including  our working  capital needs, capital expenditures  and funding  the execution  of  our  growth 
strategy. Repurchases under the share repurchase program may therefore adversely affect our liquidity, which in turn could impact our 
profitability, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, repurchases under the share repurchase program will reduce the 
number of shares of our common stock available for purchase and sale in the public market, which could affect the market price of our 
common stock. 

General risks related to our common stock 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile, and our stockholders may not be 

able to sell our common stock at a favorable price or at all. 

The market price of our common stock is likely to fluctuate significantly from time to time in response to a number of factors, 

most of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks related to our business” and the following: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors; 

fluctuations in our quarterly comparable store sales growth; 

changes in our new store growth rate; 

competitive conditions in our industry; 

general economic conditions; 

changes in our earnings guidance; 

a reduction in the amount of cash dividends on our common stock, the suspension of those dividends or a failure to meet 
market expectations regarding potential dividend increases; 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

a change in the recommendation by any research analyst that follows our stock or any failure to meet the estimates made by 
research analysts; 

the level and quality of securities research analyst coverage for our common stock; 

investor perceptions of our prospects and the prospects of the grocery and dietary supplement industries; 

the performance of our key vendors; 

announcements by us, our vendors or our competitors regarding performance, strategy, significant acquisitions, divestitures, 
strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments; 

introductions of new product or new pricing policies by us or our competitors; and 

failure to recruit or retain key personnel. 

In addition, extreme price and volume fluctuations in the stock markets could affect the market price of equity securities. 

An inability to maintain or improve levels of sales growth could cause our stock price to decline. 

We may not be able to maintain or improve the levels of sales growth that we have experienced in the past. Our overall sales 

growth has fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future. A variety of factors affect sales growth, including: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

our  ability  to  execute  our  business  strategy  effectively,  including  successfully  opening  new  stores  that  achieve  sales 
consistent with our existing stores; 

consumer preferences; 

competitive conditions in our industry; 

general economic conditions; 

the impact of the product discounts offered by the {N}power® customer loyalty program; 

internally generated competition when we open new stores in markets we already serve; 

regulatory changes; 

product pricing and availability; 

in-store merchandising-related activities; 

consumer confidence; 

initial sales performance at our new stores; and 

our ability to source and distribute products efficiently. 

Many specialty retailers have been unable to sustain high levels of store sales growth during and after periods of substantial 
expansion. These factors may cause our store sales growth results to be materially lower than in prior periods, which could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and could result in a decline in the price of our common stock. 

Our current principal stockholders have significant influence over us, and they could delay, deter or prevent a change of 

control or other business combination or otherwise cause us to take action with which our stockholders might not agree. 

Members of the Isely family and certain persons, entities and accounts subject to a stockholders agreement relating to voting and 
limitations on the sale of shares, own or control approximately 59% of our common stock. Due to their holdings of common stock, members 
of the Isely family are able to continue to determine the outcome of virtually all matters submitted to stockholders for approval, including 
the election of directors, an amendment of our certificate of incorporation (except when a class vote is required by law), any merger or 
consolidation requiring common stockholder approval, and a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets. Members of the Isely 
family have the ability to prevent change-in-control transactions as long as they maintain voting control of the Company. In addition, 
members of the Isely family and trusts controlled by them entered into a stockholders agreement by which they agreed to aggregate their 
voting power with regard to the election of directors. 

38 

  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
In addition, because these holders have the ability to elect all of our directors, they are able to control our policies and operations, 
including the appointment of management, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the payments of dividends on our 
common  stock  and  entering  into  extraordinary  transactions,  and  their  interests  may  not  in  all  cases  be  aligned  with  our  stockholders’ 
interests. 

We may not be able to continue paying dividends on our common stock. 

We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock during each quarter of fiscal year 2021 and 2020. We 
paid a special cash dividend of $2.00 per share in December 2020. On November 18, 2021, our Board approved the payment of a quarterly 
cash dividend of $0.10 per share of common stock to be paid on December 15, 2021 to stockholders of record as of the close of business 
on November 29, 2021. The timing, declaration, amount and payment of any future cash dividends are at the discretion of the Board and 
will depend on many factors, including our available cash, working capital, financial condition, earnings, results of operations and capital 
requirements; the covenants in our credit agreement; applicable law; and other business considerations that our Board considers relevant. 
A  reduction  in  the  amount  of  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock,  the  suspension  of  those  dividends  or  a  failure  to  meet  market 
expectations regarding our dividends could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. If we do not pay cash 
dividends on our common stock in the future, realization of a gain on an investment in our common stock will depend entirely on the 
appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may not occur. 

If  securities  or  industry  analysts  do  not  publish  research  or  reports  about  our  business,  if  they  adversely  change  their 
recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our common stock price could 
decline. 

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish 
about us or our business. One analyst currently covers our stock. If one or more analysts cease to cover our Company or fail to publish 
reports on us regularly, we may lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 
Moreover, if one or more analysts who cover our Company downgrade our common stock, or if our operating results do not meet their 
expectations, our common stock price could decline. 

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, 
even if a sale of the Company could be beneficial to our stockholders, which could cause our stock price to decline and prevent attempts 
by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management. 

Several provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it difficult for our stockholders 
to change the composition of our Board, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions 
may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable. 

These provisions include: 

a staggered, or classified, Board; 

authorizing our Board to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval; 

prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors; 

limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; 

prohibiting stockholders from acting by written consent after the Isely family ceases to own more than 50% of the total voting 
power of our shares; and 

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted 
on by stockholders at stockholder meetings. 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our common stockholders to benefit from a change in 
control and, as a result, could materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our stockholders’ ability to realize any 
potential change-in-control premium. 

39 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE Listed Company Manual, and, as a result, rely on exemptions 

from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to stockholders of other companies. 

The Isely family, or entities controlled by the Isely family, own more than 50% of the total voting power of our common shares 
for the election of directors, and therefore, we are considered a “controlled company” under the corporate governance standards set forth 
in the NYSE Listed Company Manual. As a “controlled company,” certain exemptions under NYSE standards free us from the obligation 
to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including the requirements: 

● 

● 

● 

that a majority of our Board consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE; 

that our director nominees be selected, or recommended for our Board’s selection, either: (i) by a majority of independent 
directors in a vote by independent directors, pursuant to a nominations process adopted by a Board resolution or (ii) by a 
nominating  and  governance  committee  composed  solely  of  independent  directors  with  a  written  charter  addressing  the 
nominations process; and 

that the compensation of our executive officers be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, by a majority 
of independent directors in a vote by independent directors, or a compensation committee composed solely of independent 
directors. 

Accordingly,  for  so  long  as  we  are  a  “controlled  company,”  stockholders  will  not  have  the  same  protections  afforded  to 

stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments. 

None. 

40 

  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Item 2. Properties. 

As of September 30, 2021, we had 162 stores located in 20 states, as shown in the following chart: 

State 
Arizona ..................................................................................................................................................................      
Arkansas ................................................................................................................................................................      
Colorado ................................................................................................................................................................      
Idaho ......................................................................................................................................................................      
Iowa .......................................................................................................................................................................      
Kansas ....................................................................................................................................................................      
Louisiana ...............................................................................................................................................................      
Minnesota ..............................................................................................................................................................      
Missouri .................................................................................................................................................................      
Montana .................................................................................................................................................................      
Nebraska ................................................................................................................................................................      
Nevada ...................................................................................................................................................................      
New Mexico ...........................................................................................................................................................      
North Dakota .........................................................................................................................................................      
Oklahoma ...............................................................................................................................................................      
Oregon ...................................................................................................................................................................      
Texas ......................................................................................................................................................................      
Utah .......................................................................................................................................................................      
Washington ............................................................................................................................................................      
Wyoming ...............................................................................................................................................................      

Number 
of Stores 
12 
3 
41 
4 
6 
8 
1 
1 
7 
4 
3 
3 
6 
3 
6 
14 
25 
9 
4 
2 

Our home office is located in Lakewood, Colorado. We occupy our home office under a lease covering approximately 35,000 
square feet; this facility is co-located with one of our stores. Additionally, we lease a 150,000 square foot bulk food repackaging facility 
and distribution center located in Golden, Colorado. That facility also houses a training center and certain administrative support functions. 

As of September 30, 2021, we owned buildings in which ten of our stores are located. Seven of those buildings are located on 
land that is leased pursuant to a ground lease; the remaining three stores are on land owned by the Company. Additionally, in fiscal year 
2021 we purchased property for one new store and one store relocation scheduled to open in fiscal year 2022 and beyond. Lease terms 
typically range between 10 and 20 years, with additional renewal options. Of the current leases for our stores, two expire in fiscal year 
2022, three expire in fiscal year 2023, eight expire in fiscal year 2024, twelve expire in 2025 and the remainder expire between fiscal years 
2026 and 2062. We expect that we will be able to renegotiate these leases or relocate these stores as necessary. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

We  periodically  are  involved  in  legal  proceedings,  including  discrimination  and  other  employment-related  claims,  customer 
personal injury claims, investigations and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. When the potential liability from a 
matter can be estimated and the loss is considered probable, we record the estimated loss. Due to uncertainties related to the resolution of 
lawsuits, investigations and claims, the ultimate outcome may differ from our estimates. Although we cannot predict with certainty the 
ultimate resolution of any lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe any currently pending legal proceeding 
to which we are a party will have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

Not applicable. 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

PART II 

Market Information 

Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “NGVC.” 

Holders of Record 

As of December 6, 2021, there were 188 holders of record of our common stock, and the closing price of our common stock was 

$13.39. 

Dividend Policy 

We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock during each quarter of fiscal year 2021 and 2020. We 
paid a special cash dividend of $2.00 per share in December 2020. On November 18, 2021, our Board approved a quarterly cash dividend 
of $0.10 per share, which will be paid on December 15, 2021 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 29, 2021. 
The timing, declaration, amount and payment of any future cash dividends are at the discretion of the Board and will depend on many 
factors,  including  our  available cash,  working capital,  financial condition, earnings,  results  of  operations  and  capital  requirements;  the 
covenants in our credit agreement; applicable law; and other business considerations that our Board considers relevant. Subject to these 
factors, we currently expect to continue to pay comparable quarterly cash dividends. See “We may not be able to continue paying dividends 
on our common stock” under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” 

Use of Proceeds From Registered Securities 

None. 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities 

None. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock between June 30, 2021 and September 30, 2021. 

Item 6. Reserved. 

42 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) should be 
read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto which are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. This 
MD&A  contains  forward-looking  statements.  Refer  to  “Forward-Looking  Statements”  at  the  beginning  of  this  Form  10-K  for  an 
explanation of these types of statements. Summarized numbers included in this section, and corresponding percentage or basis point changes 
may not sum due to the effects of rounding. 

Company Overview 

We operate natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement stores that are focused on providing high-quality products at 
affordable prices, exceptional customer service, nutrition education and community outreach. We offer a variety of natural and organic 
groceries and dietary supplements that meet our strict quality standards. We believe we have been at the forefront of the natural and organic 
foods movement since our founding. We are headquartered in Lakewood, Colorado. As of September 30, 2021, we operated 162 stores in 
20 states, including Colorado, Arizona, Arkansas, Idaho, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New 
Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washington and Wyoming. We also operate a bulk food repackaging facility and 
distribution center in Colorado. 

We offer a variety of natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements that meet our strict quality guidelines. The size of 
our stores varies from approximately 5,000 to 16,000 selling square feet. For the year ended September 30, 2021, our new stores averaged 
approximately 10,000 selling square feet. 

The growth in the organic and natural foods industry and growing consumer interest in health and nutrition have enabled us to 
continue to open new stores and enter new markets. Over the last five fiscal years, our store base has grown at a compound annual growth 
rate of 5.2%. We opened three new stores and relocated/remodeled five existing stores in fiscal year 2021. We plan to open four to six new 
stores and relocate/remodel three to four stores in fiscal year 2022. As of the date of this report, we also have signed leases or acquired 
property for an additional five new stores and four relocations/remodels that we plan to open in fiscal years 2022 and beyond. Between 
October 1, 2021 and the date of this Form 10-K, we did not open any new stores or relocate/remodel any stores. 

Performance Highlights 

Key highlights of our recent performance are discussed briefly below and are discussed in further detail throughout this MD&A. 
Key financial metrics, including, but not limited to, daily average comparable store sales, are defined under the caption “Key Financial 
Metrics in Our Business,” presented later in this MD&A. 

●  

●  

●  

● 

●  

●  

Net sales. Net sales were $1,055.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $18.7 million, or 1.8%, 
compared to net sales of $1,036.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2020. 

Daily average comparable store sales. Daily average comparable store sales for the year ended September 30, 2021 increased 
0.7% from the year ended September 30, 2020. 

Net income. Net income was $20.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $0.6 million, or 2.9%, 
compared to net income of $20.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2020. 

EBITDA. EBITDA was $58.0 million in the year ended September 30, 2021, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 1.7%, compared 
to EBITDA of $58.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2020. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance 
under  GAAP.  Refer  to  the  “Non-GAAP  Financial  Measures” section  of  this  MD&A  for  a  definition  of  EBITDA  and  a 
reconciliation of the Company’s net income to EBITDA. 

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA was $60.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2021, a decrease of $0.4 million, 
or 0.6%, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $60.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2020. Adjusted EBITDA is not 
a measure of financial performance under GAAP. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section of this MD&A for 
a definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of the Company’s net income to Adjusted EBITDA. 

Liquidity. We had cash and cash equivalents of $23.7 million as of September 30, 2021 and $49.0 million was available for 
borrowing under our $50.0 million Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2021, the Company had outstanding letters of credit 
of $1.0 million, which amount was reserved against the amount available for borrowing under the terms of our Credit Facility. 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
●  

New store growth. We opened 37 new stores between the beginning of fiscal year 2017 and the end of fiscal year 2021, with 
162 stores open as of September 30, 2021. We opened three new stores in fiscal year 2021. We plan to open a total of four 
to six new stores in fiscal year 2022, which would result in an annual new store growth rate of between 2.5% and 3.7% for 
fiscal year 2022. 

●  

Store Relocations and Remodels. We relocated/remodeled 17 stores between the beginning of fiscal year 2017 and the end 
of fiscal year 2021. We relocated/remodeled five existing stores in fiscal year 2021. 

Industry Trends and Economics  

We  have  identified  the  following  recent  trends  and  factors  that  have  impacted  and  may  continue  to  impact  our  results  of 

operations and financial condition: 

●  

● 

● 

●  

●  

COVID-19 pandemic. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization announced that COVID-19 infections had become 
a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the U.S. President announced a National Emergency relating to the disease. During the 
course of the COVID-19 pandemic, federal, state and local authorities have imposed, from time to time, a number of public 
health mandates intended to prevent the spread of the virus, including vaccination mandates, social distancing, quarantine, 
wearing  face  coverings,  and  “stay-at-home”  measures.  While  significant  efforts  to  distribute  COVID-19  vaccines  to  the 
public are ongoing across the United States and states have reopened their economies by easing restrictions, certain of these 
public health mandates have had an adverse impact on the U.S. economy. Additional negative financial markets and industry-
specific impacts could result from future case surges, outbreaks, COVID-19 virus variants, the potential that current vaccines 
may be less effective or ineffective against future COVID-19 virus variants, and the risk that large groups of the population 
may not receive vaccinations against COVID-19. The long-term economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is unknown 
at this time. 

 Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations. We believe we have acted proactively in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic and the resulting government mandates. To date, all of our stores have continued operating since the start of the 
COVID-19 pandemic. We have experienced increased levels of net sales and average transaction size due to the COVID-19 
pandemic as public health measures have been implemented by states across our footprint and customers have adjusted to 
these new circumstances by consuming more food at home. The COVID-19 pandemic and government mandates have also 
led to an increase in online orders for home delivery, which we offer at substantially all our stores in partnership with a third 
party. 

Future impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. We believe our proactive response to the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in 
increased customer loyalty, but there can be no assurance we will continue to experience elevated levels of net sales, in 
particular,  when  the  COVID-19  pandemic  subsides.  We  expect  the  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  government 
mandates on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will largely depend on the extent and duration of 
the COVID-19 pandemic, the governmental and public actions taken in response, including economic stabilization efforts, 
and the long-term effect the COVID-19 pandemic will have on the U.S. economy. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic and 
government mandates make it more challenging for management to estimate future performance of our business, particularly 
over the near term. See “Item 1A.- Risk Factors”. Additional information regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic 
and government mandates on our business and results of operations is provided below in this MD&A. 

Impact of broader economic trends and political environment. The grocery industry and our sales are affected by general 
economic conditions, including, but not limited to, consumer spending, the level of disposable consumer income, consumer 
debt, interest rates, inflation or deflation, periods of recession and growth, the price of commodities, the political environment 
and consumer confidence. Furthermore, our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, 
is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the work 
force in the markets in which we are located, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing 
demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment legislation, including unemployment benefits. 

Opportunities in the growing natural and organic grocery and dietary supplements industry. Our industry, which includes 
organic  and  natural  foods  and  dietary  supplements,  continues  to  experience  growth  driven primarily  by increased  public 
interest in health and nutrition. Capitalizing on this opportunity, we continue to open new stores and enter new markets. We 
expect the rate of new store unit growth in the foreseeable future to be dependent upon economic and business conditions 
and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates. 

44 

  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
 
 
● 

● 

Competition. The grocery and dietary supplement retail business is a large, fragmented and highly competitive industry with 
few barriers to entry. Competition in the grocery industry is likely to intensify, and shopping dynamics may shift, as a result 
of, among other things, industry consolidation, expansion by existing competitors, and the increasing availability of grocery 
ordering, pick-up and delivery options. These businesses compete with us on the basis of price, selection, quality, customer 
service, convenience, location, store format, shopping experience, ease of ordering and delivery or any combination of these 
or other factors. They also compete with us for products and locations. In addition, some of our competitors are expanding 
to offer a greater range of natural and organic foods. We also face internally generated competition when we open new stores 
in  markets  we  already  serve.  We  believe  our  commitment  to  carrying  only  carefully  vetted,  affordably  priced  and  high-
quality  natural  and  organic  products  and  dietary  supplements,  as  well  as  our  focus  on  providing  nutrition  education, 
differentiate us in the industry and provide a competitive advantage. 

Consumer  preferences.  Our  performance  is  also  impacted  by  trends  regarding  natural  and  organic  products,  dietary 
supplements and at-home meal preparation. Consumer preferences towards dietary supplements or natural and organic food 
products might shift as a result of, among other things, economic conditions, food safety perceptions, changing consumer 
choices and the cost of these products. A change in consumer preferences away from our offerings, including those resulting 
from reductions or changes in our offerings, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Additionally, negative 
publicity regarding the safety of dietary supplements, product recalls or new or upgraded regulatory standards may adversely 
affect demand for the products we sell and could result in lower consumer traffic, sales and results of operations. 

Outlook 

We believe there are several key factors that have contributed to our success and will enable us to increase our comparable store 
sales and continue to profitably expand. These factors include a loyal customer base, increasing basket size, growing consumer interest in 
nutrition and wellness, a differentiated shopping experience that focuses on customer service, nutrition education, a convenient, clean, and 
shopper-friendly retail environment, and our focus on high-quality, affordable natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements. 

We expect the rate of new store unit growth in the foreseeable future to be dependent upon economic and business conditions 

and other factors, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related government mandates. 

Over  the  long  term,  we  believe  there  are  opportunities  for  us  to  continue  to  expand  our  store  base,  expand  profitability  and 
increase comparable store sales. However, future sales growth, including comparable store sales, and our profitability could vary due to 
increasing competitive conditions in the natural and organic grocery and dietary supplement industry and regional and general economic 
conditions. In the future, we believe there are opportunities for increased leverage of costs and increased economies of scale in sourcing 
products. However, due to the fixed nature of certain of our costs (in particular, our rent obligations and related occupancy costs), our 
ability to leverage costs may be limited. 

Our operating results may be affected by a variety of internal and external factors and trends, which are described more fully in 

the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. 

Key Financial Metrics in Our Business 

In assessing our performance, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures are as follows: 

Net sales 

Our net sales are comprised of gross sales net of discounts, in-house coupons, returns and allowances. In comparing net sales 

between periods, we monitor the following: 

●  

Change in daily average comparable store sales. We begin to include sales from a store in comparable store sales on the 
first day of the thirteenth full month following the store’s opening. We monitor the percentage change in comparable store 
sales by comparing sales from all stores in our comparable store base for a reporting period against sales from the same stores 
for the same number of operating months in the comparable reporting period of the prior year. When a store that is included 
in comparable store sales is remodeled or relocated, we continue to consider sales from that store to be comparable store 
sales. Our comparable store sales data may not be presented on the same basis as our competitors. We use the term “new 
stores”  to  refer  to  stores  that  have  been  open  for  less  than  thirteen  months.  Daily  average  comparable  store  sales  are 
comparable store sales divided by the number of selling days in each period. We use this metric to remove the effect of 
differences in the number of selling days we are open during the comparable periods (for example, as a result of leap years 
or the Easter holiday shift between quarters). 

45 

 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
●  

●  

Transaction  count.  Transaction  count  represents  the  number  of  transactions  reported  at  our  stores  during  the  period  and
includes transactions that are voided, return transactions and exchange transactions. 

Average transaction size. Average transaction size, or basket size, is calculated by dividing net sales by transaction count for 
a given time period. We use this metric to track the trends in average dollars spent in our stores per customer transaction. 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs 

Our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs include the cost of inventory sold during the period (net of discounts and allowances), 
shipping and handling costs, distribution and supply chain costs (including the costs of our bulk food repackaging facility), buying costs, 
shrink expense, third-party delivery fees and store occupancy costs. Store occupancy costs include rent, common area maintenance and 
real  estate  taxes.  Depreciation  expense  included  in  cost  of  goods  sold  relates  to  depreciation  of  assets  directly  used  at  our  bulk  food 
repackaging facility. The components of our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs may not be identical to those of our competitors, and 
as a result, our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs data included in this Form 10-K may not be identical to those of our competitors, 
and may not be comparable to similar data made available by our competitors. Occupancy costs as a percentage of net sales typically 
decrease as new stores mature and sales increase. Rent payments for leases classified as finance lease obligations are not recorded in cost 
of goods sold and occupancy costs. Rather, these rent payments are recognized as a reduction of the related obligations and as interest 
expense. 

Gross profit and gross margin 

Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold and occupancy costs. Gross margin is gross profit as a percentage 
of net sales. Gross margin is impacted by changes in retail prices, product costs, occupancy costs and the mix of products sold, as well as 
the rate at which we open new stores. 

Store expenses 

Store  expenses  consist  of  store-level  expenses,  such  as  salary  and  benefits,  share-based  compensation,  supplies,  utilities, 
depreciation, advertising, bank credit card charges and other related costs associated with operations and purchasing support. Depreciation 
expense  included  in  store  expenses  relates  to  depreciation  for  assets  directly  used  at  the  stores,  including  depreciation  on  land 
improvements, leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment and technology. Depreciation expenses on the right-of-use assets related 
to the finance leases of the stores are also considered store expenses. Additionally, store expenses include any gain or loss recorded on the 
disposal of fixed assets, primarily related to store relocations, as well as store closure and lease termination costs. Store expenses also 
include long-lived asset impairment charges. The majority of store expenses consist of labor-related expenses, which we closely manage 
and  which  trend  closely  with  sales.  Labor-related  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  tend  to  be  higher  at  new  stores  compared  to 
comparable stores, as new stores require a minimum level of staffing in order to maintain adequate levels of customer service combined 
with lower sales. As new stores increase their sales, labor-related expenses as a percentage of net sales typically decrease. 

Administrative expenses 

Administrative expenses consist of home office-related expenses, such as salary and benefits, share-based compensation, office 
supplies,  hardware  and  software  expenses,  depreciation  and  amortization  expense,  occupancy  costs  (including  rent,  common  area 
maintenance,  real  estate  taxes  and  utilities),  professional  services  expenses,  expenses  associated  with  our  Board,  expenses  related  to 
compliance with the requirements of regulations applicable to publicly traded companies, and other general and administrative expenses. 
Depreciation  expense  included  in  administrative  expenses  relates  to  depreciation  for  assets  directly  used  at  the  home  office  including 
depreciation on land improvements, leasehold improvements, fixtures and equipment and computer hardware and software. 

Pre-opening expenses 

Pre-opening expenses for new stores and relocations/remodels may include rent expense, salaries, advertising, supplies and other 
miscellaneous  costs  incurred  prior  to  the  store  opening.  Rent expense  is  generally  incurred  from  one  to  four months  prior  to  a  store’s 
opening date for store leases classified as operating. For store leases classified as finance leases, we recognize pre-opening interest expense. 
Other  pre-opening  and  relocation  expenses  are  generally  incurred  in  the  60  days  prior  to  the  store  opening.  Certain  advertising  and 
promotional costs associated with opening a new store may be incurred both before and after the store opens. All pre-opening costs are 
expensed as incurred. Pre-opening expenses for remodels are incurred if the store is required to be closed due to the remodel. 

46 

  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Interest expense, net 

Interest expense consists of the interest associated with finance lease obligations net of capitalized interest and our Credit Facility. 

Income tax expense 

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Income Taxes (ASC 740). Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are remeasured using enacted tax rates expected to 
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred 
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances 
are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) was signed into law. Intended to 
provide  economic  relief  to  those  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  CARES  Act,  among  other  things,  includes  provisions 
addressing  the  carryback  of  net  operating  losses  for  specific  periods,  temporary  modifications  to  the  limitations  placed  on  the  tax 
deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (QIP). 

Results of Operations 

The following table presents key components of our results of operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods 

presented: 

Statements of Income Data:* 
Net sales ...........................................................................................      
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ..........................................      
Gross profit ..................................................................................      
Store expenses ..................................................................................      
Administrative expenses ..................................................................      
Pre-opening expenses .......................................................................      
Operating income .........................................................................      
Interest expense, net .........................................................................      
Income before income taxes .........................................................      
Provision for income taxes ...............................................................      
Net income ...................................................................................      

__________________________ 
*Figures may not sum due to rounding. 

Other Operating Data (Unaudited): 
Number of stores at end of period ....................................................      
Store unit count increase period over period ....................................      
Change in daily average comparable store sales ..............................      
Number of stores opened during the period .....................................      
Number of stores relocated and remodeled during the period ..........      
Gross square footage at end of period(1) ...........................................      
Selling square footage at end of period(1) .........................................      

2021 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

2019 

100.0%     
72.3  
27.7  
22.2  
2.7  
0.1  
2.7  
(0.2)      
2.5  
(0.5)      
1.9%     

100.0      
72.7      
27.3      
21.9      
2.6      
0.1      
2.7      
(0.2)     
2.5      
(0.5)     
1.9      

100.0  
73.6  
26.4  
21.9  
2.5  
0.2  
1.9  
(0.5) 
1.3  
(0.3) 
1.0  

162  
1.9%     
0.7%     
3  
5  
2,649,532  
1,719,813  

159      
3.9      
12.0      
6      
2      
2,599,649      
1,687,196      

153  
3.4  
3.1  
6  
5  
2,522,906  
1,637,150  

(1) Gross square footage and selling square footage at the end of the period include the square footage for all stores that were open as of the 
end of the period presented. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
      
        
  
      
  
      
        
  
  
      
  
      
        
  
      
  
      
        
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
Year ended September 30, 2021 compared to Year ended September 30, 2020 

The following table summarizes our results of operations and other operating data for the periods presented, dollars in thousands: 

   Year ended September 30,      

Change in 

2021 

2020 

     Dollars 

     Percent 

Statements of Income Data: 
Net sales ..................................................................................................    $  1,055,516       1,036,842      
753,701      
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs .................................................      
283,141      
Gross profit .....................................................................................      
227,069      
Store expenses .........................................................................................      
26,780      
Administrative expenses .........................................................................      
Pre-opening expenses ..............................................................................      
1,543      
Operating income ............................................................................      
27,749      
(2,048)     
Interest expense, net ................................................................................      
25,701      
Income before income taxes ............................................................      
(5,692)     
Provision for income taxes ......................................................................      
20,009      
Net income ......................................................................................    $ 

763,328      
292,188      
234,586      
28,355      
920      
28,327      
(2,271)     
26,056      
(5,475)     
20,581      

18,674      
9,627      
9,047      
7,517      
1,575      
(623)     
578      
(223)     
355      
217      
572      

1.8% 
1.3  
3.2  
3.3  
5.9  
(40.4) 
2.1  
10.9  
1.4  
(3.8) 
2.9% 

Net sales 

Net sales increased $18.7 million, or 1.8%, to $1,055.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $1,036.8 
million for the year ended September 30, 2020, primarily due to a $4.2 million increase in comparable store sales, and a $14.5 million 
increase in new store sales. Daily average comparable store sales increased 0.7% for the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to an 
increase of 12.0% for the year ended September 30, 2020. The daily average comparable store sales increase in fiscal year 2021 resulted 
from a 4.7% increase in average transaction size, partially offset by a 3.8% decrease in daily average transaction count. In the year ended 
September 30, 2021, customers reduced their frequency of shopping trips in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and related government 
mandates, but increased their overall basket size per shopping trip. Comparable store average transaction size was $44.24 for the year ended 
September 30, 2021. The increase in net sales during the year ended September 30, 2021 is attributable to our customers’ response to the 
COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  government  mandates,  inflationary  pressure  on  our  retail  prices,  marketing  initiatives,  promotional 
campaigns and increased membership in and usage of the {N}power® customer loyalty program. 

Gross profit 

Gross profit increased $9.0 million, or 3.2%, to $292.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $283.1 million 
for the year ended September 30, 2020, primarily driven by the increased sales volumes resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic and related 
government mandates. Gross profit reflects earnings after product and occupancy costs. Gross margin increased to 27.7% for the year ended 
September 30, 2021 from 27.3% for the year ended September 30, 2020. The increase in gross margin during the year ended September 
30, 2021 was primarily driven by improved product margin, and lower shrink and store occupancy expenses as a percentage of net sales. 

Store expenses 

Store expenses increased $7.5 million, or 3.3%, to $234.6 million in the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $227.1 
million in the year ended September 30, 2020. Store expenses as a percentage of net sales were 22.2% and 21.9% for the years ended 
September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Store expenses as a percentage of net sales increased during the year ended September 30, 
2021 due to higher labor-related expenses in the first half of the year. Store expenses included long-lived asset impairment charges and 
lease termination costs of $1.5 million in fiscal year 2021 and long-lived asset impairment charges of $0.6 million in fiscal year 2020. 

Administrative expenses 

Administrative expenses increased $1.6 million, or 5.9%, to $28.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to 
$26.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2020. Administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 2.7% and 2.6% for the 
years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pre-opening expenses  

Pre-opening expenses decreased $0.6 million, or 40.4%, to $0.9 million for the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $1.5 
million for the year ended September 30, 2020. The change in pre-opening expenses was primarily due to the impact of the number and 
timing of new store openings and relocations/remodels. The numbers of stores opened and relocated/remodeled were as follows for the 
periods presented: 

New stores ........................................................................................................................      
Relocated/remodeled stores ..............................................................................................      

Year ended September 30, 
2020 
2021 

3      
5      
8      

6  
2  
8  

Interest expense, net 

Interest expense, net of capitalized interest, increased $0.2 million, or 10.9%, in the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to 

the year ended September 30, 2020. 

Income taxes 

Provision  for  income taxes  decreased  $0.2 million  to  $5.5  million  for  the  year ended  September  30,  2021  compared  to  $5.7 
million for the year ended September 30, 2020. The Company’s effective income tax rate was approximately 21.0% and 22.1% for the 
years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

Net income 

Net income for the year ended September 30, 2021 was $20.6 million, or $0.91 in diluted earnings per share compared to $20.0 

million, or $0.89 in diluted earnings per share, in the year ended September 30, 2020. 

Year ended September 30, 2020 compared to Year ended September 30, 2019 

A  comparative  discussion  of  our  results  of  operations  and  other  operating  data  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2020  and 
September 30, 2019 is set out in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2020 under the heading “Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  –  Results  of  Operations  -  Year  ended  September  30,  2020 
compared to Year ended September 30, 2019.” 

Non-GAAP financial measures 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 

Management  believes  some  investors’  understanding  of  our  performance  is  enhanced  by  including  EBITDA  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures. EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. 
Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA as adjusted to exclude the effects of certain income and expense items that management believes 
make it more difficult to assess the Company’s actual operating performance, including certain items such as share-based compensation, 
impairment  charges,  store  closing  costs  and  non-recurring  items.  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  not  measures  of  financial 
performance  under  GAAP.  We  believe  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  provide  additional  information  about:  (i)  our  operating 
performance, because they assist us in comparing the operating performance of our stores on a consistent basis, as they remove the impact 
of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense as well as items not directly resulting from our core operations, such as interest expense 
and income taxes and (ii) our performance and the effectiveness of our operational strategies. Additionally, EBITDA is a component of a 
measure in our financial covenants under our Credit Facility. 

Furthermore, management believes some investors use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental measures to evaluate 
the  overall  operating  performance  of  companies  in  our  industry.  Management  believes  that  some  investors’  understanding  of  our 
performance is enhanced by including these non-GAAP financial measures as a reasonable basis for comparing our ongoing results of 
operations. By providing these non-GAAP financial measures, together with a reconciliation from net income, we believe we are enhancing 
investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing 
our strategic initiatives. Commencing with its financial reporting for fiscal year 2021, the Company has revised its definition of Adjusted 
EBITDA to exclude share-based compensation expense. The Company’s historical presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, including for fiscal 
year 2020, did not exclude share-based compensation expense. However, Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2020, as presented in this report, 
has been recast to exclude share-based compensation expense to enhance the comparability of this measure between fiscal year 2020 and 
fiscal year 2021. Management believes that excluding share-based compensation expense from Adjusted EBITDA will enhance investors’ 
ability to assess period-to-period comparisons of the Company’s operating performance and make more meaningful comparisons between 
our operating performance and the operating performance of our competitors. 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our competitors may define EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently, and as a result, our measure of EBITDA and Adjusted 
EBITDA  may  not  be  directly  comparable  to  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  of  other  companies.  Items  excluded  from  EBITDA  and 
Adjusted EBITDA are significant components in understanding and assessing financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are 
supplemental measures of operating performance that do not represent, and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to, or 
substitute for, net income or other financial statement data presented in the consolidated financial statements as indicators of financial 
performance.  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  have  limitations  as  analytical  tools,  and  should  not  be  considered  in  isolation,  or  as  a 
substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of the limitations are: 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

● 

EBITDA  and  Adjusted EBITDA  do  not  reflect  our  cash  expenditures,  or  future  requirements  for  capital  expenditures  or 
contractual commitments; 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any impact for single lease expense for leases classified as finance leases; 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or 
principal payments on our debt; 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense, impairment and store closing costs; 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes; and 

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to 
be replaced in the future and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements. 

Due to these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available 
to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as supplemental information. 

The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, dollars in thousands: 

Year ended September 30, 

2021 

2020 

Net income ....................................................................................................................    $ 
Interest expense, net ..................................................................................................      
Provision for income taxes ........................................................................................      
Depreciation and amortization ..................................................................................      
EBITDA ........................................................................................................................      
Impairment of long-lived assets and store closing costs ...........................................      
Share-based compensation ........................................................................................      
Adjusted EBITDA(1) .....................................................................................................    $ 

20,581       
2,271       
5,475       
29,633       
57,960       
1,455       
877       
60,292       

20,009  
2,048  
5,692  
31,193  
58,942  
612  
1,129  
60,683  

(1)  Adjusted  EBITDA  for  fiscal  year  2020,  as  presented,  has  been  recast  to  exclude  share-based  compensation  expense  to  enhance  the 
comparability of this measure between fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2021. 

Year ended September 30, 2021 compared to Year ended September 30, 2020 

EBITDA decreased 1.7% to $58.0 million in the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $58.9 million in the year ended 
September  30,  2020.  EBITDA  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales  was  5.5%  and  5.7%  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2021  and  2020, 
respectively. 

Adjusted EBITDA decreased 0.6% to $60.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $60.7 million in the year 
ended September 30, 2020. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales was 5.7% and 5.9% for the years ended September 30, 2021 
and 2020, respectively. 

50 

  
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Year ended September 30, 2020 compared to Year ended September 30, 2019 

A comparative discussion of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019 
is set out in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2020 under the heading “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Non-GAAP financial measures – EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.” 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our ongoing primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, current balances of cash and cash equivalents and 
borrowings under our Revolving Facility. Our primary uses of cash are for purchases of inventory, operating expenses, capital expenditures 
predominantly in connection with opening, relocating and remodeling stores, debt service and corporate taxes. As of September 30, 2021, 
we had $23.7 million in cash and cash equivalents and $49.0 million available for borrowing under our Revolving Facility. On November 
18, 2020, we entered into a $35.0 million Term Loan Facility maturing November 13, 2024, which was used to partially fund the special 
cash dividend paid in December 2020. 

In May 2016, our Board authorized a two-year share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company may repurchase up to 
$10.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock. Our Board subsequently extended the share repurchase program, which will 
terminate on May 31, 2022. We did not repurchase any shares during the year ended September 30, 2021. Between October 1, 2021 and 
December 6, 2021 (the latest practicable date for making the determination), we did not repurchase any additional shares of our common 
stock. The dollar value of the shares of the Company’s common stock that may yet be repurchased under the share repurchase program is 
$8.3 million. Potential future share repurchases under the share repurchase program could be funded by operating cash flow, excess cash 
balances or borrowings under our Revolving Facility. The timing and the number of shares repurchased, if any, will be dictated by our 
capital needs and stock market conditions. 

We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock during each quarter of fiscal year 2021 and we paid a 
special cash dividend of $2.00 per share of common stock in December 2020. On November 18, 2021, our Board approved a quarterly cash 
dividend of $0.10 per share, which will be paid on December 15, 2021 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 
29, 2021. 

We plan to continue to open new stores in the future, which may require us to borrow additional amounts under our Revolving 
Facility from time to time. We believe that cash and cash equivalents, together with the cash generated from operations and the borrowing 
availability under our Revolving Facility will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs and planned capital expenditures, including 
capital  expenditures  related  to  new  store  needs,  repayment  of  debt,  stock  repurchases  and  dividends  for  the  next  12  months  and  the 
foreseeable future. Our working capital position benefits from the fact that we generally collect cash from sales to customers the same day 
or, in the case of credit or debit card transactions, within days from the related sale. 

The following is a summary of our operating, investing and financing activities for the periods presented, dollars in thousands: 

Year ended September 30, 

2021 

2020 

Net cash provided by operating activities .....................................................................    $ 
Net cash used in investing activities ..............................................................................      
Net cash used in financing activities .............................................................................      
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ....................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ...............................................................      
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year .........................................................................    $ 

53,880      
(27,755)     
(30,981)     
(4,856)     
28,534      
23,678      

66,503  
(29,557) 
(14,626) 
22,320  
6,214  
28,534  

Year ended September 30, 2021 compared to Year ended September 30, 2020 

Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation 
and  amortization  and  changes  in  deferred  taxes,  and  the  effect  of  working  capital  changes.  Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities 
decreased $12.6 million, or 19.0%, to $53.9 million in the year ended September 30, 2021, from $66.5 million in the year ended September 
30, 2020. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to a decrease in cash provided by working capital and a 
decrease in net income adjusted for non-cash items. 

51 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities consists primarily of capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities decreased 
$1.8 million, or 6.1%, to $27.8 million in the year ended September 30, 2021 compared to $29.6 million in the year ended September 30, 
2020.  Cash  paid  for  capital  expenditures  decreased  $0.4  million  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2021  compared  to  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2020, driven by the number and the timing of new store openings and store relocations. 

During  the  year  ended  September  30,  2021,  we  opened  three  new  stores,  relocated  three  stores  and  remodeled  two  stores, 
compared to opening six new stores, relocating one store and remodeling one store during the year ended September 30, 2020. We plan to 
spend approximately $28 million to $35 million on capital expenditures during fiscal year 2022 in connection with the opening of four to 
six planned new stores and three to four store relocations. We anticipate that our new stores will require, on average, an upfront capital 
investment of approximately $2.2 million per store. 

Acquisition of property and equipment not yet paid increased $2.4 million to $4.8 million in fiscal year 2021 compared to $2.4 

million in fiscal year 2020 due to the timing of payments related to new store openings and relocations. 

Financing Activities 

Net cash used in financing activities consists primarily of borrowings and repayments under our Credit Facility, payments of 
finance lease obligations, and dividends paid to shareholders. Net cash used in financing activities was $31.0 million for the year ended 
September 30, 2021 compared to $14.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2020. The increase in cash used in financing activities 
for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2021  was  primarily  due  to  dividends  paid  to  shareholders  of  $51.5  million  partially  offset  by  net 
incremental borrowing under our Credit Facility of $23.7 million during the year ended September 30, 2021, compared to net incremental 
repayments of $5.7 million during the year ended September 30, 2020. 

Year ended September 30, 2020 compared to Year ended September 30, 2019 

A comparative discussion of operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended September 30, 2020 and September 
30, 2019 is set out in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2020 under the heading “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Credit Facility 

The revolving commitment amount under the Revolving Facility is $50.0 million, including a $5.0 million sub-limit for standby 
letters of credit. We borrowed $35.0 million under the Term Loan Facility in December 2020. The operating company is the borrower 
under the Credit Facility and its obligations under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by the holding company and Vitamin Cottage Two 
Ltd. Liability Company (VC2). The Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company’s assets. The Company has the 
right to borrow, prepay and re-borrow amounts under the Credit Facility at any time prior to the maturity date without premium or penalty. 
On  November  13,  2019,  the  Company  amended  the  Credit  Facility  to  extend  the  maturity  date  to  November  13,  2024  and  permit  the 
operating company to pay cash dividends to Natural Grocers in an amount sufficient to allow Natural Grocers to repurchase shares of 
common stock and pay dividends on its common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. On 
November 18, 2020, we entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment) to provide for the Term Loan 
Facility and to permit payment of a one-time dividend of up to $50.0 million no later than December 31, 2020. 

Base rate borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a fluctuating base rate as determined by the lenders’ administrative 
agent based on the most recent compliance certificate of the operating company and stated at the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 
0.50%, (ii) the prime rate, and (iii) the Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%, less the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage 
ratio. Eurodollar rate borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or its successor rate 
(LIBOR), for the interest period plus the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The unused commitment 
fee is also based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. At the Company’s election, the Credit Facility currently bears interest 
at the Eurodollar rate. The Company will repay principal amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility in equal quarterly installments 
of approximately $0.4 million commencing on the last day of each fiscal quarter commencing on March 31, 2021 and ending on September 
30, 2024. Amounts repaid on the Term Loan Facility may not be reborrowed. 

52 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The Credit Facility requires compliance with certain customary operational and financial covenants, including a consolidated 
leverage  ratio. The  Credit  Facility  also  contains certain  other customary  limitations  on  the  Company’s  ability to incur additional debt, 
guarantee other obligations, grant liens on assets and make investments or acquisitions, among other limitations. Additionally, the Credit 
Facility prohibits the payment of cash dividends to the holding company from the operating company without the required lenders’ consent, 
provided that so long as no default exists or would arise as a result thereof, the operating company may pay cash dividends to the holding 
company  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  allow  the  holding  company  to:  (i)  pay  various  audit,  accounting,  tax,  securities,  indemnification, 
reimbursement, insurance and other reasonable expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) repurchase shares of common 
stock and pay dividends on our common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. 

We had no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2021 and 2020. We had $23.7 million of 
outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility as of September 30, 2021. As of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, we 
had undrawn, issued and outstanding letters of credit of $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which were reserved against the amount 
available for borrowing under the terms of the Revolving Facility. We had $49.0 million and $48.7 million available for borrowing under 
the Credit Facility as of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively. 

As of each of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, the Company was in compliance with the debt covenants under the 

Credit Facility. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

For  a  description  of  new  applicable  accounting  pronouncements,  including  those  recently  adopted,  see  Note  2, Basis  of 
Presentation  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  included  in  Item 
8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual 
amounts may differ from these estimates. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions and factors that 
we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our accounting policies and resulting estimates on an ongoing basis to 
make adjustments we consider appropriate under the facts and circumstances. 

We have chosen accounting policies we believe are appropriate to report accurately and fairly our operating results and financial 
position, and we apply those accounting policies in a consistent manner. Refer to our consolidated financial statements and related notes 
for a summary of our significant accounting policies. We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in the preparation 
of our consolidated financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters 
that are inherently uncertain. 

Income Taxes 

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and financial reporting 
basis of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in 
which we operate. We consider the need to establish valuation allowances to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts that we 
believe are more likely than not to be recovered. 

We recognize the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained by the relevant 
taxing authority. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. 
Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. 

Significant  accounting  judgment  is  required  in  determining the  provision  for  income  taxes  and  related accruals, deferred  tax 
assets and liabilities. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. 
In addition, we are subject to periodic audits and examinations by the IRS and other state and local taxing authorities. Although we believe 
that our estimates are reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. 

To the extent we prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our 
reserves, our effective income tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement 
would require the use of our cash and would result in an increase in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable 
tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution. 

53 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

We assess our goodwill and intangible assets primarily consisting of trademarks, favorable operating leases and covenants-not-
to-compete at least annually. The Company’s annual impairment testing of goodwill is performed as of July 1. In performing the Company’s 
analysis of goodwill, the Company first evaluates qualitative factors, including relevant events and circumstances, to determine whether it 
is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-
04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” Topic 350, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other” (ASU 2017-04). Early adoption is 
permitted  and  the  Company  early  adopted  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2017-04  simplify  the 
accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the current two-step 
impairment test. An impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value should be 
recognized;  however,  the  loss  recognized  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  There  are 
significant judgments and estimates within the processes; it is therefore possible that materially different amounts could be recorded if we 
used different assumptions or if the underlying circumstances were to change. As of September 30, 2021, the Company has recorded no 
impairment charges related to goodwill. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Store Closing Costs 

We  assess  our  long-lived  assets,  principally  property  and  equipment  and  lease  right  of  use  assets,  for  possible  impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. These events or changes 
primarily  include a  significant change  in  current  period  performance combined with a  history  of  losses and  a  projection  of  continuing 
losses, or a decision to close or relocate a store. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets at an individual store level which 
we consider to be the lowest level in the organization for which independent identifiable cash flows are available. If the carrying value of 
such  assets  over  their  respective  remaining  lives  is  not  recoverable  through  projected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows,  impairment  is 
recognized for any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value of the asset group. The fair value of the asset group is estimated 
based on either: (i) discounted future cash flows using a market participant’s discount rate; or (ii) an appropriate third-party market appraisal 
or other valuation technique. 

Our judgment regarding events or changes in circumstances that indicate the assets carrying value may not be recoverable is 
based on several factors such as historical and forecasted operating results, significant industry trends and other economic factors. Further, 
determining whether an impairment exists requires that we use estimates and assumptions in calculating the future undiscounted cash flows 
expected to be generated by the assets. These estimates and assumptions look several years into the future and include assumptions on 
future  store  revenue  growth,  potential  impact  of  operational  changes,  competitive  factors,  inflation  and  the  economy.  Application  of 
alternative assumptions could produce materially different results. 

If the Company commits to a plan to dispose of a long-lived asset before the end of its previously estimated useful life, estimated 
cash flows are revised accordingly, and the Company may be required to record an asset impairment write-down. Additionally, related 
liabilities arise, such as severance, contractual obligations and other accruals associated with store closings from decisions to dispose of 
assets.  The  Company  estimates  these  liabilities  based  on  the  facts  and  circumstances  in  existence  for  each  restructuring  decision.  The 
amounts the Company will ultimately realize or disburse could differ from the amounts assumed in arriving at the asset impairment and 
restructuring charge recorded. 

Leases 

We lease retail stores, a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center, land and administrative offices under long-term 
operating leases or finance leases. Accounting for leased properties requires compliance with technical accounting rules and significant 
judgment by management. Application of these accounting rules and assumptions made by management will determine whether the lease 
is accounted for as an operating lease, whether we are considered the owner for accounting purposes or whether the lease is accounted for 
as a finance lease. 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 
in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than  12  months.  Under  ASC  842,  recognition, 
measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or operating lease. 

We adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the modified retrospective transition approach. 
In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which, among 
other things, permits companies not to reassess prior conclusions on lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. We did 
not elect the hindsight practical expedient. 

54 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Operating  lease  liabilities  represent  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  paid.  Operating  lease  assets  represent  the 
Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease 
payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives and impairment of operating lease assets. 

Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms normally expressed in periods of five-year increments. 
The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion. The lease term includes the initial contractual term as well as 
any options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. 

As most of the Company’s lease agreements do not provide an implicit discount rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental 
borrowing rate, which is derived from third-party lenders, to determine the present value of lease payments. We use other observable 
market data to evaluate the appropriateness of the rate derived from the lenders. The estimated incremental borrowing rate is based on the 
borrowing rate for a secured loan with a term similar to the expected term of the lease. 

Significant accounting judgment and assumptions are required in determining the accounting for leases, including: 

● 

fair market value of the leased asset, which is generally estimated based on project costs or comparable market data. Fair 
market value is used as a factor in determining whether the lease is accounted for as an operating or finance lease, and is 
used for recording the leased asset when we are determined to be the owner for accounting purposes; 

●  minimum lease term that includes contractual lease periods, and may also include the exercise of renewal options if the 
exercise of the option is determined to be reasonably assured or where failure to exercise such options would result in an 
economic penalty. The minimum lease term is used as a factor in determining whether the lease is accounted for as an 
operating lease or a finance lease and in determining the period over which to depreciate the finance lease asset; and 

● 

incremental borrowing rate which is estimated based on treasury rates for debt with maturities comparable to the minimum 
lease term and our credit spread and other premiums. The incremental borrowing rate is used as a factor in determining the 
present value of the minimum lease payments which is then used in determining whether the lease is accounted for as an 
operating  lease  or  finance  lease,  as  well  as  for  allocating  our  rental  payments  on  operating  and  finance  leases  between 
interest expense and a reduction of the outstanding obligation. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

We are exposed to interest rate changes of our long-term debt. We do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative 

purposes. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in interest rates with respect to our Credit Facility. As of September 30, 
2021, no amounts were outstanding under our Revolving Facility and $23.7 million was outstanding under our Term Loan Facility. Our 
Credit Facility carries floating interest rates that are tied to the Eurodollar rate, and therefore, our statements of income and our cash flows 
are exposed to changes in interest rates. Based upon a sensitivity analysis at September 30, 2021, a hypothetical 100 basis point change in 
interest rates would change our annual interest expense by $0.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2021. 

55 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .....................................................................................................  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2021 and 2020 .............................................................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ..................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ...........................................  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ..........  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................................................................................................  

Page 
Number 
57 
59 
60 
61 
62 
63 

56 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Natural  Grocers  by  Vitamin  Cottage,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of 
September 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year 
period  ended  September 30, 2021,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements). In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations 
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated December 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on 
the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases as of October 1, 2019 due to 
the adoption of ASU 2016-02, Leases. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with 
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included 
performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing 
procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated 
or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements 
and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

As  discussed  in  Notes  2  and  7  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  reviews  its  long-lived  assets  for  possible  impairment 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the 
recoverability of the assets at an asset group level (with each store representing an individual asset group) by determining whether the carrying 
value  of  such  assets  can  be  recovered  through  projected  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  over  the  assets’  respective  remaining  lives.  As  of 
September 30, 2021, the Company’s long-lived assets included property and equipment, operating lease assets, and finance lease assets of $151.4 
million, $316.4 million, and $39.4 million, respectively. 

We identified the assessment of the recoverability of long-lived assets associated with certain store locations, including property and equipment, 
operating lease assets, and finance lease assets, as a critical audit matter. A high degree of auditor judgment was applied in evaluating certain 
inputs to the assessment. These inputs included forecasted sales and forecasted operating expenses as a percentage of forecasted sales attributable 
to individual asset groups, for which there was limited observable market information. 

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating 
effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s process to assess the recoverability of long-lived assets, including controls 
related to development of the inputs of forecasted sales and forecasted operating expenses as a percentage of forecasted sales. We performed 
sensitivity analyses to assess the impact of changes in forecasted sales and forecasted operating expenses as a percentage of forecasted sales on 
the recoverability analysis. We evaluated management’s ability to effectively forecast sales and operating expenses as a percentage of sales by 
comparing actual  results to management’s historical  forecasts. We evaluated the reasonableness of forecasted sales and forecasted operating 
expenses as a percentage of forecasted sales by comparing the inputs to available industry reports, historical financial data, and budgets. 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010. 

Denver, Colorado 
December 9, 2021 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

57 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors 
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

We have audited Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of 
September 30, 2021,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the 
consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  September 30, 2021  and  2020,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income, 
stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  September 30, 2021,  and  the  related  notes 
(collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated December 9, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
consolidated financial statements. 

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public 
accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. 
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our 
audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing 
the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that 
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance 
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations 
of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Denver, Colorado 
December 9, 2021 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Current assets: 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable, net ............................................................................................................     
Merchandise inventory ...............................................................................................................     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................................................................................     
Total current assets .................................................................................................................     
Property and equipment, net...........................................................................................................     
Other assets: 

Operating lease assets, net ..........................................................................................................     
Finance lease assets, net .............................................................................................................     
Deposits and other assets............................................................................................................     
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net ...................................................................................     
Total other assets ....................................................................................................................     
Total assets .............................................................................................................................   $ 

Current liabilities: 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Accounts payable .......................................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued expenses .......................................................................................................................     
Term loan facility, current portion .............................................................................................     
Operating lease obligations, current portion ...............................................................................     
Finance lease obligations, current portion ..................................................................................     
Total current liabilities ...........................................................................................................     

Long-term liabilities: 

Term loan facility, net of current portion ...................................................................................     
Operating lease obligations, net of current portion ....................................................................     
Finance lease obligations, net of current portion ........................................................................     
Deferred income tax liabilities, net ............................................................................................     
Total long-term liabilities ...........................................................................................................     
Total liabilities .......................................................................................................................     
Commitments (Notes 11 and 18) 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.001 par value. 50,000,000 shares authorized, 22,620,417 and 22,546,765 

shares issued at 2021 and 2020, respectively .........................................................................     
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................................................................     
Retained earnings .......................................................................................................................     
Total stockholders’ equity ..........................................................................................................     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ................................................................................   $ 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

September 30, 

2021 

2020 

23,678       
8,489       
100,546       
2,914       
135,627       
151,399       

316,388       
39,367       
530       
11,768       
368,053       
655,079       

68,949       
26,589       
1,750       
33,308       
3,176       
133,772       

21,938       
301,895       
39,450       
15,293       
378,576       
512,348       

23       
57,289       
85,419       
142,731       
655,079       

28,534   
8,519   
100,175   
6,185   
143,413   
147,929   

339,239   
40,096   
616   
10,499   
390,450   
681,792   

69,163   
24,995   
—   
32,156   
2,836   
129,150   

—   
325,641   
39,506   
14,429   
379,576   
508,726   

23   
56,752   
116,291   
173,066   
681,792   

59 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
    
  
      
  
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
      
        
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Income 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

2021 

2019 

Net sales .........................................................................................................    $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ........................................................      
Gross profit ............................................................................................      
Store expenses ................................................................................................      
Administrative expenses ................................................................................      
Pre-opening expenses .....................................................................................      
Operating income ...................................................................................      
Interest expense, net .......................................................................................      
Income before income taxes ...................................................................      
Provision for income taxes .............................................................................      
Net income .............................................................................................    $ 

1,055,516      
763,328      
292,188      
234,586      
28,355      
920      
28,327      
(2,271)     
26,056      
(5,475)     
20,581      

1,036,842      
753,701      
283,141      
227,069      
26,780      
1,543      
27,749      
(2,048)     
25,701      
(5,692)     
20,009      

903,582  
664,829  
238,753  
197,792  
22,837  
1,358  
16,766  
(4,952) 
11,814  
(2,398) 
9,416  

Net income per share of common stock: 

Basic .......................................................................................................    $ 
Diluted....................................................................................................    $ 

0.91      
0.91      

0.89      
0.89      

0.42  
0.42  

Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding: 

Basic .......................................................................................................      
Diluted....................................................................................................      

22,591,816      
22,711,003      

22,501,779      
22,577,646      

22,424,328  
22,554,603  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(Dollars in thousands)  

2021 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

2019 

Operating activities: 

Net income ..................................................................................................................     $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:          
Depreciation and amortization ...............................................................................       
Impairment of long-lived assets and store closing costs ........................................       
Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment ...............................................       
Share-based compensation .....................................................................................       
Deferred income tax expense .................................................................................       
Non-cash interest expense ......................................................................................       
Changes in operating assets and liabilities 

Decrease (increase) in: 

Accounts receivable, net ...............................................................................       
Income tax receivable ....................................................................................       
Merchandise inventory ..................................................................................       
Prepaid expenses and other assets .................................................................       
Operating lease asset .....................................................................................       

(Decrease) increase in: 

Operating lease liability ................................................................................       
Accounts payable ..........................................................................................       
Accrued expenses ..........................................................................................       
Deferred compensation .................................................................................       
Deferred rent and leasehold incentives .........................................................       
Net cash provided by operating activities ................................................       

Investing activities: 

Acquisition of property and equipment ......................................................................       
Acquisition of other intangibles ..................................................................................       
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ..........................................................       
Proceeds from property insurance settlements ...........................................................       
Net cash used in investing activities .........................................................       

Financing activities: 

Borrowings under revolving facility ...........................................................................       
Repayments under revolving facility ..........................................................................       
Borrowings under term loan facility ...........................................................................       
Repayments under term loan facility ..........................................................................       
Capital and financing lease obligations payments ......................................................       
Finance lease obligation payments .............................................................................       
Dividends to shareholders ...........................................................................................       
Loan fees paid .............................................................................................................       
Payments on withholding tax for restricted stock unit vesting ..................................       
Net cash used in financing activities ........................................................       
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents ..............................       
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ................................................................       
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ...........................................................................     $ 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Cash paid for interest ..................................................................................................     $ 
Cash paid for interest on finance or capital and financing lease obligations, net of 

capitalized interest of $194, $102 and $268, respectively .....................................       
Income taxes paid .......................................................................................................       
Deferred compensation paid .......................................................................................       

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities: 

Acquisition of property and equipment not yet paid ..................................................     $ 
Acquisition of other intangibles not yet paid..............................................................       
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment not yet received ...............................       
Property acquired through capital and capital financing lease obligations ................       
Property acquired through operating lease obligations ..............................................       
Property acquired through finance lease obligations..................................................       

20,581        

20,009        

29,633        
1,155        
209        
877        
864        
24        

30        
3,004        
(371)      
(141)      
31,090        

(32,030)      
(2,639)      
1,594        
—        
—        
53,880        

(26,350)      
(1,937)      
89        
443        
(27,755)      

65,900        
(65,900)      
35,000        
(11,313)      
—        
(2,823)      
(51,453)      
(52)      
(340)      
(30,981)      
(4,856)      
28,534        
23,678        

370        

1,782        
6,747        
—        

4,770        
319        
—        
—        
9,216        
3,025        

31,193        
612        
(42)      
1,129        
3,742        
12        

(3,418)      
2,350        
(3,996)      
(762)      
30,206        

(30,569)      
10,103        
5,934        
—        
—        
66,503        

(26,752)      
(2,832)      
—        
27        
(29,557)      

236,100        
(241,792)      
—        
—        
—        
(2,271)      
(6,301)      
(25)      
(337)      
(14,626)      
22,320        
6,214        
28,534        

354        

1,690        
3,305        
—        

2,407        
255        
42        
—        
13,204        
11,625        

9,416  

28,977  
380  
(131) 
1,185  
3,973  
13  

(315) 
(5,174) 
(1,951) 
42  
—  

—  
1,024  
1,211  
(688) 
(580) 
37,382  

(30,030) 
(2,703) 
836  
32  
(31,865) 

405,900  
(413,400) 
—  
—  
(780) 
—  
—  
—  
(421) 
(8,701) 
(3,184) 
9,398  
6,214  

787  

4,148  
4,734  
700  

6,289  
476  
6  
12,156  
—  
—  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

61 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
        
           
           
  
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
        
           
           
  
  
   
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

   Common stock –$0.001 par     
value 

Shares 

outstanding      Amount 

     Additional      
paid-in 
capital 

Retained 
earnings 

Treasury 
stock 

Total 
stockholders’ 
equity 

Net income ......................................     
Share-based compensation ..............     

Net income ......................................     
Share-based compensation ..............     
Issuance of common stock ..............     
Topic 842 transition impact .............     
Cash dividends ................................     

Balances September 30, 2018 .............      22,373,382    $ 
—      
89,675      
Balances September 30, 2019 .............      22,463,057      
—      
47,222      
36,486      
—      
—      
Balances September 30, 2020 .............      22,546,765      
—      
—      
73,652      
—      
Balances September 30, 2021 .............      22,620,417    $ 

Net income ......................................     
Share-based compensation ..............     
Issuance of common stock ..............     
Cash dividends ................................     

23    $ 
—      
—      
23      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
23      
—      
—      
—      
—      
23    $ 

56,236    $ 
—      
83      
56,319      
—      
433      
—      
—      
—      
56,752      
—      
537      
—      
—      
57,289    $ 

91,507    $ 
9,416      
—      
100,923      
20,009      
—      
—      
1,660      
(6,301)     
116,291      
20,581      
—      
—      
(51,453)     
85,419    $ 

(1,040)   $ 
—      
681      
(359)     
—      
359      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—      
—    $ 

146,726   
9,416   
764   
156,906   
20,009   
792   
—   
1,660   
(6,301 ) 
173,066   
20,581   
537   
—   
(51,453 ) 
142,731   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

62 

  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
NATURAL GROCERS BY VITAMIN COTTAGE, INC. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
September 30, 2021 and 2020 

1. Organization 

Nature of Business 

Natural  Grocers  by  Vitamin  Cottage,  Inc.  (Natural  Grocers  or  the  holding  company)  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries 
(collectively, the Company) operate retail stores that specialize in natural and organic groceries and dietary supplements. The Company 
operates its retail stores under its trademark Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage® with 162 stores as of September 30, 2021, including 41 
stores in Colorado, 25 in Texas, 14 in Oregon, 12 in Arizona, nine in Utah, eight in Kansas, seven in Missouri, six each in Iowa, New 
Mexico and Oklahoma, four each in Idaho, Montana and Washington, three each in Arkansas, Nebraska, Nevada and North Dakota, two 
in  Wyoming,  and  one  in  Minnesota  and  Louisiana.  The  Company  also  has  a  bulk  food  repackaging  facility  and  distribution  center  in 
Colorado. The Company had 162 and 159 stores as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. 

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation 

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  all  the  accounts  of  the  holding  company’s  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries,  Vitamin  Cottage  Natural  Food  Markets,  Inc.  (the  operating  company)  and  Vitamin  Cottage  Two  Ltd.  Liability  Company 
(VC2). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  of 
America (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses 
during the reporting period. Management reviews its estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to valuation of inventories, 
useful lives of long-lived assets for depreciation and amortization, impairment of finite-lived intangible, long-lived assets, and goodwill, 
lease  assumptions,  allowances  for  self-insurance  reserves,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  and  litigation  based  on  currently  available 
information. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates and actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Segment Information 

The Company has one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores. 

Other Comprehensive Income 

The Company has no other comprehensive income. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include currency on hand, demand deposits with banks, money market funds and credit and debit card 
transactions  which  typically  settle  within  three  business  days.  The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  remaining 
maturity of 90 days or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. 

Accounts Receivable 

Accounts receivable consists primarily of receivables from vendors for certain promotional programs, magazine advertising and 
other  miscellaneous  receivables  and  are  presented  net  of  any  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts.  Accounts  receivable  also  includes 
receivables  from  Landlords  for  tenant  improvement  allowances.  Vendor  receivable  balances  are  generally  presented  on  a  gross  basis 
separate from any related payable due. Allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on historical experience and application of the 
specific identification method. Allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $0.1 million as of each of September 30, 2021 and 2020. 

63 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Concentration of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of investments in 
cash  and  cash  equivalents.  The  Company’s  cash  and  cash  equivalent  account  balances,  which  are  held  in  major  financial  institutions, 
exceeded the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s federally insured limits by approximately $22.6 million as of September 30, 2021. 

Vendor Concentration 

For the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, purchases from the Company’s largest vendor and its subsidiaries represented 
approximately 67% and 66%, respectively, of all product purchases made during such periods. However, the Company believes that, if 
necessary, alternate vendors could supply similar products in adequate quantities to avoid material disruptions to operations. 

Merchandise Inventory 

Merchandise inventory consists of goods held for sale. The cost of inventory includes certain costs associated with the preparation 
of inventory for sale, including inventory overhead costs. Merchandise inventory is carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost 
is determined using the weighted average cost method. 

Long-Lived Assets 

Depreciable long-lived assets primarily consist of leasehold and building improvements, which are stated at historical cost less 
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  provided  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  useful  life  of  the  relevant  asset.  For  land 
improvements and leasehold and building improvements, depreciation is recorded over the shorter of the assets’ useful lives or the lease 
terms. Maintenance, repairs and renewals that neither add to the value of the property nor appreciably prolong its life are charged to expense 
as  incurred.  Gains  and  losses  on  disposition  of  property  and  equipment  are  included  in  store  expenses  in  the  year  of  disposition,  and 
primarily relate to store relocations. 

The  Company  capitalizes  interest,  if  applicable,  as  part  of  the  historical  costs  of  buildings  and  leasehold  and  building 

improvements. 

Impairment of Finite-Lived Intangible and Long-Lived Assets 

We assess our long-lived assets, principally property and equipment, lease right of use assets and purchased intangible assets 
subject to amortization, for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may 
not be recoverable. These events or changes primarily include a significant change in current period performance combined with a history 
of losses and a projection of continuing losses, or a decision to close or relocate a store. If the carrying value of such assets over their 
respective remaining lives is not recoverable through projected undiscounted future cash flows, impairment is recognized for any excess 
of the carrying value over the estimated fair value of the asset group. The fair value of the asset group is estimated based on either: (i) 
discounted future cash flows using a market participant’s discount rate; or (ii) an appropriate third-party market appraisal or other valuation 
technique. 

The Company considers factors such as historic and forecasted operating results, trends and future prospects, current market 
value, significant industry trends and other economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. As of September 30, 2021 and 
2020, the Company had property and equipment assets of $151.4 million and $147.9 million, respectively, operating lease assets of $316.4 
million and $339.2 million, respectively, finance lease assets of $39.4 million and $40.1 million, respectively, and purchased intangible 
assets subject to amortization of $6.1 million and $4.9 million, respectively. The Company recorded impairment charges related to long-
lived assets of $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Intangible assets primarily consist of goodwill and trademarks. Goodwill and the Vitamin Cottage trademark have indefinite lives 
and are not amortized; rather, they are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their 
estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these intangibles at least annually. 

The  Company’s  annual  impairment  testing  of  goodwill  is  performed  as  of  July  1.  In  performing  the  Company’s  analysis  of 
goodwill, the Company first evaluates qualitative factors, including relevant events and circumstances, to determine whether it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, 
“Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment,”  Topic  350,  “Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other”  (ASU  2017-04).  Early  adoption  is 
permitted  and  the  Company  early  adopted  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2017-04  simplify  the 
accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the current two-step 
impairment test. An impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value should be 
recognized; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. As of September 
30, 2021, the Company has recorded no impairment charges related to goodwill. 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred with developing or obtaining internal-use software. Capitalized software costs 
are  included  in  intangible  assets  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  are  amortized  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  software. 
Software costs that do not meet capitalization criteria are expensed as incurred. 

Deferred Financing Costs 

Certain costs incurred with borrowings or establishment of credit facilities are deferred. These costs are amortized over the life 

of the credit facility using the straight-line method. 

Leases  

The Company leases retail stores, a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center and administrative offices under long-
term operating or finance leases. These leases include scheduled increases in minimum rents and renewal provisions at the option of the 
Company. The lease term for accounting purposes commences with the date the Company takes possession of the space and ends on the 
later of the primary lease term or the expiration of any renewal periods that are deemed to be reasonably assured at the inception of the 
lease. 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 
in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than  12  months.  Under  ASC  842,  recognition, 
measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or operating lease. 

The Company adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the modified retrospective transition 

approach. 

Operating Leases 

Operating  lease  liabilities  represent  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  paid.  Operating  lease  assets  represent  the 
Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease 
payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives and impairment of operating lease assets. The rent payment pursuant to the lease agreement 
is recorded as a reduction in the operating lease liability and as a reduction in the right of use asset and as single lease expense over the 
term of the remaining lease. 

Finance Leases 

Finance lease liabilities represent the present value of lease payments not yet paid. Finance lease assets represent the Company’s 
right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease payments, initial direct 
costs, lease incentives and impairment of lease assets. The Company does not record single lease expense for the rental payments under 
finance leases, but rather payments under the finance lease obligations are recognized as a reduction of the finance lease obligation and as 
interest expense. The right of use asset is depreciated over the term of the related lease. 

Leases –prior to adoption of ASC 842 

Operating Leases 

Prior  to  the  adoption  of  ASC  842  in  fiscal  year  2020,  the  Company  accounted  for  operating  leases  with  rent  holidays  and 
escalating payment terms by recognizing the associated expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and the difference between the 
average  rental  amount  charged  to  expense  and  amounts  payable  under  the  leases  are  included  in  deferred  rent.  For  certain  leases,  the 
Company  has  received  cash  from  landlords  to  compensate  for  costs  incurred  by  the  Company  in  making  the  store  locations  ready  for 
operation (leasehold incentives). Leasehold incentives received from a landlord were deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis as a 
reduction to rent expense over the lease term. 

65 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Capital Financing Leases  

From time to time, the Company enters into leases with developers for build-to-suit store locations. Upon lease execution, the 
Company analyzed its involvement during the construction period. As a result of defined forms of lessee involvement, the Company could 
be deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, and may be required to capitalize the project costs on its 
balance sheet. If the project costs were capitalized, the Company performed a sale-leaseback analysis upon completion of the construction 
to determine if the Company should remove the assets from its balance sheet. If the asset should not be removed from the balance sheet, 
the fair market value of the building remained recognized as an asset on the balance sheet, along with a corresponding capital lease financing 
obligation equal to the fair market value of the building less any amount the Company contributed towards construction. The Company did 
not  record  rent  expense  for  the  rental  payments  under  capital  financing  leases,  but  rather  payments  under  the  capital  financing  lease 
obligations were recognized as a reduction of the capital lease financing obligation and as interest expense. The capital financing lease 
assets were depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. 

Capital Leases  

Occasionally, the Company entered into leases that were deemed to be capital leases. For these leases, the Company capitalized 
the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair value of the leased asset at inception and recorded a corresponding 
capital lease obligation. The Company did not record rent expense for the rental payments under capital leases, but rather payments under 
the capital lease obligations were recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and as interest expense. The capital lease asset 
was depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the related lease. 

Self-Insurance 

The Company is self-insured for certain losses relating to employee medical and dental benefits and workers compensation. Stop-
loss  coverage  has  been  purchased  to  limit  exposure  to  any  significant  level  of  claims.  Self-insured  losses  are  accrued  based  upon  the 
Company’s  estimates  of  the  aggregate  claims  incurred  but  not  reported  using  historical  experience.  The  estimated  accruals  for  these 
liabilities could be significantly affected if future occurrences and claims differ from historical trends. 

Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized at the point of sale, net of in-house coupons, discounts and returns. Sales taxes are not included in sales. 
The Company charges sales tax on all taxable customer purchases and remits these taxes monthly to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction. 
The Company records a contract liability within accrued expenses when it sells the Company’s gift cards and records a sale when a customer 
redeems the gift card. 

Cost of Goods Sold and Occupancy Costs 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs includes the cost of inventory sold during the period net of discounts and allowances, as 
well as, distribution, shipping and handling costs, store occupancy costs and costs of the bulk food repackaging facility and distribution 
center.  The  amount  shown  is  net  of  various  rebates  from  third-party  vendors  in  the  form  of  quantity  discounts  and  payments.  Vendor 
consideration associated with product discounts is recorded as a reduction in the cost of the product. Store occupancy costs include rent, 
common area maintenance and real estate taxes. Store occupancy costs do not include any rent amounts for the store leases classified as 
finance leases (previously classified as capital and financing lease obligations). 

Store Expenses 

Store  expenses  consist  of  store-level  expenses  such  as  salaries,  benefits  and  share-based  compensation,  supplies,  utilities, 
depreciation,  gain  or  loss  on  disposal  of  assets,  long-lived  asset  impairment  charges,  store  closing  costs  and  other  related  expenses 
associated with operations support. Store expenses also include purchasing support services and advertising and marketing costs. 

Administrative Expenses 

Administrative  expenses  consist  of  salaries,  benefits  and  share-based  compensation,  occupancy  costs,  depreciation,  office 

supplies, hardware and software expenses, professional services expenses and other general and administrative expenses. 

Pre-Opening Expenses 

Costs associated with the opening of new stores or relocating/remodeling existing stores are expensed as incurred. 

Advertising and Marketing 

Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred and are included in store expenses and pre-opening expenses in the 
consolidated statements of income. Total advertising and marketing expenses for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were 
$6.3 million, $6.6 million and $8.2 million, respectively, net of vendor reimbursements of $5.4 million, $4.5 million and $4.6 million for 
the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

66 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Share-Based Compensation 

The Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan in connection with its initial public offering on July 25, 2012. Restricted 
stock units are granted at the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and expensed over the applicable vesting 
period. 

The excess tax benefits for recognized compensation costs are reported as a credit to income tax expense and as operating cash 

outflows when such excess tax benefits are realized by a reduction to current taxes payable. 

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method requires recognition of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and financial 
reporting  basis  of  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  in  the 
respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates. 

The  Company  considers  the  need  to  establish  valuation  allowances  to  reduce  deferred  income  tax  assets  to  the  amounts  the 

Company believes are more likely than not to be recovered. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. 
Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition 
or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. Although the Company believes that its estimates are 
reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates. In addition, the Company is subject to periodic audits and examinations by the 
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and other state and local taxing authorities. 

Any interest or penalties incurred related to income taxes are expensed as incurred and treated as permanent differences for tax 

purposes. 

U.S. Tax Reform 

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) was signed into law. Intended to 
provide  economic  relief  to  those  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  CARES  Act,  among  other  things,  includes  provisions 
addressing  the  carryback  of  net  operating  losses  for  specific  periods,  temporary  modifications  to  the  limitations  placed  on  the  tax 
deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (QIP). 

As a result of the technical amendments made by the CARES Act to QIP, the Company accelerated tax depreciation expenses of 
approximately $9.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2019, representing primarily temporary book-to-tax timing differences for 
income tax purposes. The impacts of the CARES Act are recorded as components within the Company’s deferred income tax liabilities 
and income tax receivable on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” 
in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize 
a  right-of-use  asset  and  corresponding  lease  liability  for  all  leases  with  terms  greater  than  12  months.  Under  ASC  842,  recognition, 
measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease is classified as a finance or operating lease. 

The Company adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the modified retrospective transition 
approach. In addition, the Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new 
standard, which, among other things, permits companies not to reassess prior conclusions on lease identification, lease classification and 
initial direct costs. The Company did not elect the hindsight practical expedient. 

The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities of $359.6 million 
and $377.8 million, respectively, as of October 1, 2019. Included in the measurement of the new lease assets is the reclassification of certain 
balances, including those historically recorded as deferred rent and leasehold incentives.  

Additionally, the Company recognized a cumulative effect adjustment, which increased retained earnings by $1.7 million for the 
year ended September 30, 2020. This adjustment was primarily driven by the derecognition of $41.9 million of lease obligations and $40.2 
million of net assets related to leases that had been classified as capital financing lease obligations under the former failed-sale leaseback 
guidance. These leases were reclassified as operating or finance leases as of October 1, 2019, the transition date.   See Note 11 for additional 
information related to the Company’s lease accounting policy. 

67 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-07,  “Compensation-Stock  Compensation,”  Topic  718,  “Improvements  to  Non-
employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (ASU 2018-07) as part of its Simplification Initiative to reduce complexity when accounting 
for share-based payments to non-employees. ASU 2018-07 expands the scope of Topic 718 to more closely align share-based payment 
transactions for acquiring goods and services from non-employees with the accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain 
exceptions. The provisions of ASU 2018-07 were effective for the Company’s first quarter of the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020, 
with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended September 30, 2020. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” Topic 350, “Intangibles – 
Goodwill and Other” (ASU 2017-04). The amendments in ASU 2017-04 simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment for all entities 
by requiring impairment charges to be based on the first step in the current two-step impairment test. An impairment charge for the amount 
by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value should be recognized; however, the loss recognized should not exceed 
the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments should be applied on a prospective basis. ASU 2019-10 
delayed the effective date of this ASU to align with the effective date of ASU 2016-13 (referred to above). Because the Company is a 
smaller  reporting  company, the provisions  of  ASU  2017-04  will  be effective  for  the  Company’s  first  quarter  of  the fiscal  year ending 
September 30, 2024. Early adoption is permitted and the Company early adopted for the year ended September 30, 2020. ASU 2017-04 
did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended September 30, 2020. 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-09, “Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers,” Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 provides guidance 
for revenue recognition and replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP. ASU 2014-09’s core principle is that a company 
recognizes revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the 
company expects to be entitled for the transfer of those goods or services. The Company adopted this ASU and related amendments on 
October 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach. Additionally, upon adoption of this ASU, the Company elected the following 
practical expedients: 

-  ASU 2016-09, pursuant to which the incremental costs of obtaining a contract are recognized as an expense when incurred if the

amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. 

-  ASU 2016-12, pursuant to which sales taxes and other similar taxes collected from customers are presented net of sales. 

-  ASU 2016-20, pursuant to which the transaction price allocated to performance obligations is not disclosed when the related

contract has a duration of one year or less. 

The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year 

ended September 30, 2019. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses,”  Topic  326,  “Measurement  of  Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13), subsequently amended by various standard updates. ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred 
loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a 
broader range of reasonable and supportable information when determining credit loss estimates. ASU 2016-13 also requires financial 
assets to be measured net of expected credit losses at the time of initial recognition. ASU 2019-10, issued in November 2019, delayed the 
effective date of ASU 2016-13 for smaller reporting companies such as the Company. The provisions of ASU 2016-13 will be effective 
for  the  Company’s  first  quarter  of  the  fiscal  year  ending  September  30,  2024.  Early  adoption  is  permitted.  The  Company  is  currently 
evaluating the impact that the adoption of these provisions will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes,” Topic 740, “Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” 
(ASU 2019-12). The new guidance simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and 
also simplifies areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of 
enactment of tax laws or rate changes. The provisions of ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Company’s first quarter of the fiscal year 
ending September 30, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of these provisions will have 
a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

68 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform,” Topic 848, “Facilitation of the Effects of Reference 
Rate Reform on Financial Reporting” (ASU 2020-04). The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP 
to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The guidance applies 
only to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued 
because of reference rate reform. The interest rate currently payable under the Company’s Credit Facility is based on LIBOR, but recent 
amendments provide for a LIBOR successor rate once LIBOR is discontinued. The amendments in this update only apply to modifications 
made prior to December 31, 2022. The Company does not anticipate that this ASU will have a material impact on its consolidated financial 
statements. 

3. Revenue Recognition 

The nature of the goods the Company transfers to customers at the point of sale consists of merchandise purchased for resale. In 
these transactions, the Company acts as a principal and recognizes revenue (net sales) from the sale of goods when control of the promised 
goods  is  transferred  to  the  customer.  Control  refers  to  the  ability  of  the  customer  to  direct  the  use  of,  and  obtain  substantially  all  the 
remaining benefits from, the transferred goods. 

The  Company’s  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  upon  the  transfer  of  goods  to  the  customer  (at  the  point  of  sale),  and 
payment from the customer is also due at that time. Transaction prices are considered fixed. Discounts provided to customers at the point 
of sale are recognized as a reduction in revenue as the goods are sold. Revenue excludes sales and usage-based taxes collected. 

Proceeds from the sales of the Company’s gift cards are recorded as a liability at the time of sale and recognized as revenue when 

the gift cards are redeemed by the customer and the performance obligation is satisfied by the Company. 

As of each September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, the balance of contract liabilities related to unredeemed gift cards was 
$1.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively. Revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021 includes $0.7 million that was included 
in the contract liability balance of unredeemed gift cards at September 30, 2020. 

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by product category for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2021, 

2020 and 2019, dollars in thousands: 

Grocery ........................................................................    $ 
Dietary supplements .....................................................      
Body care, pet care and other .......................................      

2021 
731,894      
220,000      
103,622      
  $  1,055,516      

Year ended September 30, 

2020 
720,185      
213,182      
103,475      
100 %      1,036,842      

69 %     
21   
10   

2019 
69       619,825      
21       188,913      
94,844      
10      
100       903,582      

69   
21   
10   
100   

4. Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of 
common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if the Company’s 
granted but unvested restricted stock units were to vest, resulting in the issuance of common stock that would then share in the earnings of 
the Company. The following table presents the Company’s basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended September 30, 2021, 
2020 and 2019, dollars in thousands, except per share data: 

Net income ........................................................................................    $ 
Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding ..      
Effect of dilutive securities ...............................................................      
Weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding 

2021 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

20,581      
22,591,816      
119,187      

20,009      
22,501,779      
75,867      

2019 

9,416  
22,424,328  
130,275  

including the effect of dilutive securities ......................................      

22,711,003      

22,577,646      

22,554,603  

Basic earnings per share ....................................................................    $ 
Diluted earnings per share .................................................................    $ 

0.91      
0.91      

0.89      
0.89      

0.42  
0.42  

There were 166,362, 94,497 and 56,510 non-vested restricted stock units for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 

respectively, excluded from the calculation as they are antidilutive. 

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
        
        
  
  
   
 
 
The Company paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.07 per share of common stock in each quarter of fiscal year 2021 and 2020. 
The Company paid a special cash dividend of $2.00 per share of common stock in December 2020. The Company did not declare or pay 
any dividends in the year ended September 30, 2019. 

As of September 30, 2021, the Company had 50,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 22,620,417 shares were 

issued and outstanding, as well as 10,000,000 shares of preferred common stock authorized, of which none was issued and outstanding. 

5. Fair Value Measurements 

The Company records its financial assets and liabilities at fair value in accordance with the framework for measuring fair value. 
The framework establishes a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between assumptions based on market data (observable inputs) and 
market participant’s assumptions (unobservable inputs). Non-financial assets, such as goodwill and long-lived assets, are accounted for at 
fair value on a non-recurring basis. These items are tested for impairment on the occurrence of a triggering event or, in the case of goodwill, 
at least on an annual basis. 

During fiscal year 2021, long-lived assets, including Right of Use Assets, with a carrying value of $3.3 million were written 
down to their fair value of $2.1 million, resulting in asset impairment charges of $1.1 million. During fiscal year 2020, long-lived assets 
with a carrying value of $1.1 million were written down to their fair value of $0.5 million, resulting in asset impairment charges of $0.6 
million.  During fiscal  year  2019,  long-lived assets  with a  carrying  value  of  $0.8 million  were  written  down  to  their  fair  value  of  $0.4 
million,  resulting  in  asset  impairment  charges  of  $0.4  million. The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Company’s  financial  assets and  liabilities, 
including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued expenses, approximate fair value because of 
the short maturity of those assets and liabilities. 

6. Property and Equipment 

The Company had the following property and equipment balances as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, dollars in thousands: 

Construction in process ....................................................................................      
Land .................................................................................................................      
Buildings ..........................................................................................................    
Land improvements .........................................................................................    
Leasehold and building improvements .............................................................    
Fixtures and equipment ....................................................................................    
Computer hardware and software ....................................................................    

   Useful lives 
(in years) 
n/a 
n/a 
 16 -  40 
 1 -  24 
 1 -  25 
 5 -  7 
 3 -  5 

     $ 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .............................................      
Property and equipment, net ........................................................................      

     $ 

As of September 30, 

2021 

2020 

2,268      
6,062      
34,531      
1,782      
159,800      
145,754      
25,068      
375,265      
(223,866)     
151,399      

6,717  
1,390  
26,732  
1,575  
153,438  
139,965  
23,628  
353,445  
(205,516) 
147,929  

Total costs capitalized for qualifying construction projects of leasehold and building improvements included $0.5 million and 
$0.4  million  the  years  ended  September  30,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  related  to  internal  staff  compensation.  Depreciation  expense 
related to capitalized internal staff compensation was $0.6 million for each of the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Interest 
costs of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million were capitalized for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is summarized as follows, dollars 

in thousands: 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in cost of goods 

sold and occupancy costs ..............................................................    $ 
Depreciation and amortization expense included in store expenses ..      
Depreciation and amortization expense included in administrative 

expenses ........................................................................................      
Total depreciation and amortization expenses...............................    $ 

2021 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

2019 

873      
27,542      

1,218      
29,633      

793      
29,225      

1,175      
31,193      

736  
27,150  

1,091  
28,977  

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
      
      
      
      
      
  
    
  
       
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
7. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets  

Long-lived  assets,  such  as  property  and  equipment,  lease  right  of  use  assets  and  purchased  intangible  assets  subject  to 
amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets 
may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets at an individual store level which we consider to be the 
lowest level in the organization for which independent identifiable cash flows are available. If the carrying value of such assets over their 
respective remaining lives is not recoverable through projected undiscounted future cash flows, impairment is recognized. The amount of 
impairment is measured based on projected discounted future cash flows using a market participant’s discount rate . The Company considers 
factors such as historic and forecasted operating results, trends and future prospects, current market value, significant industry trends and 
other economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. 

As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company had property and equipment assets of $151.4 million and $147.9, respectively, 
and lease right-of-use assets of $355.8 million and $379.3, respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal years 2021 and 2020, the Company 
concluded, as a result of its review of potential long-lived asset impairment, that certain long-lived assets were impaired. The Company 
recorded impairments of $1.1 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
Such charges are reflected within store expenses on the consolidated statement of income for the years ended September 30, 2021 and 
2020. 

8. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and other intangible assets as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, are summarized as follows, dollars in thousands: 

   Useful lives 
(in years) 

As of September 30, 

2021 

2020 

Amortizable intangible assets: 

Other intangibles ..........................................................................................    
Less accumulated amortization ....................................................................      
Amortizable intangible assets, net ............................................................      
Other intangibles in process .............................................................................      
Trademark ........................................................................................................    
Deferred financing costs, net (1) .......................................................................      
Total other intangibles, net .......................................................................      

0.5 -  3 

    $ 

Indefinite 

Goodwill ..........................................................................................................    

Indefinite 

Total goodwill and other intangibles, net .................................................      

     $ 

3,754      
(3,139)     
615      
5,507      
389      
59      
6,570      
5,198      
11,768      

3,634  
(2,378) 
1,256  
3,625  
389  
31  
5,301  
5,198  
10,499  

(1) Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with current year presentation. 

Amortization expense was $0.8, $0.8 and $0.5 million for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Capitalized costs for internal-use software development were $2.0 million and $2.6 million for the years ended September 30, 

2021 and 2020, respectively, primarily due to capitalization of expenses related to external consultants. 

9. Accrued Expenses 

The composition of accrued expenses as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, is summarized as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Payroll and employee-related expenses ..............................................................................    $ 
Accrued property, sales and use tax payable ......................................................................      
Accrued marketing expenses ..............................................................................................      
Deferred revenue related to gift card sales ..........................................................................      
Other ...................................................................................................................................      
Total accrued expenses ...................................................................................................    $ 

13,243       
8,322       
713       
2,157       
2,154       
26,589       

13,569   
7,912   
407   
1,819   
1,288   
24,995   

As of September 30, 

2021 

2020 

71 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
         
        
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
      
  
       
  
       
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
 
 
10. Long-Term Debt 

Credit Facility 

The Company is a party to a Credit Facility, entered into on January 28, 2016 and subsequently amended, consisting of a $50.0 
million revolving loan facility (the Revolving Facility) and a $35.0 million term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility, and together with 
the Revolving Facility, the Credit Facility). The operating company is the borrower under the Credit Facility and its obligations under the 
Credit  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  the  holding  company  and  VC2.  The  Credit  Facility  is  secured  by  a  lien  on  substantially  all  of  the 
Company’s assets. The revolving commitment amount under the Revolving Facility is $50.0 million, including a $5.0 million sublimit for 
standby letters of credit. The Company has the right to borrow, prepay and re-borrow amounts under the Revolving Facility at any time 
prior to the maturity date without premium or penalty. The Credit Facility matures on November 13, 2024. Base rate loans under the Credit 
Facility bear interest at a fluctuating base rate, as determined by the lenders’ administrative agent based on the most recent compliance 
certificate  of the  operating company  and  stated at  the  highest  of (i)  the  federal  funds  rate  plus  0.50%, (ii)  the  prime rate,  and (iii)  the 
Eurodollar rate plus 1.00%, less the lender spread based upon the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. Eurodollar rate borrowings under 
the Credit Facility bear interest based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or its successor (LIBOR), for the interest period plus the 
lender  spread  based  upon  the  Company’s  consolidated  leverage  ratio.  The  unused  commitment  fee  is  based  upon  the  Company’s 
consolidated leverage ratio. The Company will repay principal amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility in equal installments of 
approximately $0.4 million on the last day of each fiscal quarter, beginning on March 31, 2021 and ending on September 30, 2024, with 
the remaining principal amount payable on the maturity date. Amounts repaid on the Term Loan Facility may not be reborrowed. 

The Credit Facility requires compliance with certain customary operational and financial covenants, including a leverage ratio. 
The Credit Facility also contains certain other customary limitations on the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, guarantee other 
obligations, grant liens on assets and make investments or acquisitions, among other limitations. Additionally, the Credit Facility prohibits 
the payment of cash dividends to the holding company from the operating company without the administrative agent’s consent, provided 
that so long as no default or event of default exists or would arise as a result thereof, the operating company may pay cash dividends to the 
holding company in an amount sufficient to allow the holding company to: (i) pay various audit, accounting, tax, securities, indemnification, 
reimbursement, insurance and other reasonable expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) repurchase shares of common 
stock and pay dividends on the Company’s common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. 

The Company had no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2021 and 2020. The Company had 
$23.7 million of outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan Facility as of September 30, 2021. As of September 30, 2021 and September 
30, 2020, the Company had undrawn, issued and outstanding letters of credit of $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, which were 
reserved against the amount available for borrowing under the terms of the Revolving Facility. The Company had $49.0 million and $48.7 
million available for borrowing under the Revolving Facility as of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively. 

On November 13, 2019, the Company amended the Credit Facility to extend the maturity date to November 13, 2024 and permit 
the operating company to pay cash dividends to Natural Grocers in an amount sufficient to allow Natural Grocers to repurchase shares of 
common stock and pay dividends on its common stock in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million during any fiscal year. On 
November 18, 2020, the Company entered into the Fourth Amendment to the Credit Facility to provide for the Term Loan Facility and to 
permit payment of a one-time dividend of up to $50.0 million no later than December 31, 2020. 

Lease Obligations  

The Company had 20 and 19 leases that were classified as finance leases as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. No 
rent  expense  is  recorded  for  these  finance  leases;  rather,  rental  payments  under  such  leases  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  of  the  lease 
obligation and as interest expense. The interest rate on finance lease obligations is determined at the inception of the lease. 

Interest 

The Company incurred gross interest expense of $2.5 million, $2.2 million and $5.2 million in the years ended September 30, 
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 relates primarily to interest on finance 
lease  obligations.  Interest  expense  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2019  relates  primarily  to  interest  on  capital  and  financing  lease 
obligations. The Company capitalized interest of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 
and 2019, respectively. 

11. Lease Commitments 

The Company leases most of its stores, a bulk food repackaging facility and distribution center and its administrative offices. The 
Company determines if an arrangement is a lease or contains a lease at inception. Lease terms generally range from 10 to 25 years, with 
scheduled increases in minimum rent payments. 

72 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
The FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” in February 2016 and subsequently issued related ASUs in 2018 and 2019 
(collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability for all leases with 
terms greater than 12 months. Under ASC 842, recognition, measurement and presentation of lease expenses depend on whether the lease 
is classified as a finance or operating lease. The Company adopted ASC 842 on October 1, 2019, the first day of fiscal year 2020, using the 
modified retrospective transition approach. 

Operating  lease  liabilities  represent  the  present  value  of  lease  payments  not  yet  paid.  Operating  lease  assets  represent  the 
Company’s right to use an underlying asset and are based upon the operating lease liabilities adjusted for prepayments or accrued lease 
payments, initial direct costs, lease incentives and impairment of operating lease assets. 

Most leases include one or more options to renew, with renewal terms normally expressed in periods of five-year increments. 
The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion. The lease term includes the initial contractual term as well as 
any options to extend the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. 

Variable payments related to pass-through costs for maintenance, taxes and insurance or adjustments based on an index such as 

Consumer Price Index are not included in the measurement of the lease liability or asset and are expensed as incurred. 

As most of the Company’s lease agreements do not provide an implicit discount rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental 
borrowing rate, which is derived from third-party lenders, to determine the present value of lease payments. We use other observable market 
data to evaluate the appropriateness of the rate derived from the lenders. The estimated incremental borrowing rate is based on the borrowing 
rate for a secured loan with a term similar to the expected term of the lease. 

Leases are recorded at the commencement date (the date the underlying asset becomes available for use) for the present value of 
lease payments, less tenant improvement allowances received or receivable. Leases with a term of 12 months or less (short-term leases) are 
not presented on the balance sheet. The Company’s short-term leases relate primarily to embedded leases. The Company has elected to 
account for the lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for all current classes of leases. 

The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  The 
Company  subleases  certain  real  estate  or  portions  thereof  to  third  parties.  Such  subleases  have  all  been  classified  as  operating  leases. 
Remaining lease terms extend through fiscal year 2030. Although some sublease arrangements provide renewal options, the exercise of 
sublease renewal options is at the sole discretion of the subtenant. The Company recognizes sublease income on a straight-line basis. 

The Company has four operating leases and one finance lease with Chalet Properties, LLC (Chalet), one operating lease with the 
Isely Family Land Trust LLC (Land Trust) and one operating lease with FTVC, LLC, each of which is a related party (see Note 14). The 
leases began at various times with the earliest commencing in November 1999, continue for various terms through July 2040 and include 
various options to renew. The terms and rental rates of these leases are similar to leases that would be entered into with nonrelated parties 
and are at prevailing market rental rates. These leases account for $7.6 million of right-of-use assets and $7.9 million of lease liabilities 
included in the disclosures below. Cash rent paid pursuant to the related party leases was $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million for 
the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The components of total lease cost for the year ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Lease cost 

Operating lease cost: 

Classification 

Year ended September 30,  
2020 
2021 

Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs .......    $ 
Store expenses ..............................................      
Administrative expenses ...............................      
Pre-opening expenses ...................................      

Finance lease cost: 

Store expenses(1) ...........................................      
Depreciation of right-of-use assets ........  
Interest expense, net (1) .................................      
Interest on lease liabilities .....................  
Store expenses ..............................................      
Short-term lease cost .................................  
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs(2) ....      
Variable lease cost ....................................  
Sublease income........................................   Store expenses ...................................................      
Total lease cost .......................................................................................................................    $ 

42,652      
319      
305      
233      

3,686      
1,953      
326      
5,611      
(313)     
54,772      

42,634  
319  
311  
154  

3,139  
1,698  
2,016  
5,367  
(368) 
55,270  

1 Immaterial balances related to stores not yet open are included in pre-opening expenses. 
2 Immaterial balances related to the corporate headquarters and distribution center are included in administrative expenses and 
store expenses, respectively. 

73 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
       
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
        
  
  
   
 
 
Additional information related to the Company’s leases for the year ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 are as follows, dollars 

in thousands: 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 
2021 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Operating cash flows from operating leases ..................................................................   $ 
Operating cash flows from finance leases .....................................................................     
Financing cash flows from finance leases .....................................................................     

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities: 

Operating leases ............................................................................................................     
Finance leases ...............................................................................................................     

44,473      
1,976      
2,823      

9,216      
3,025      

Additional information related to the Company’s leases as of September 30, 2021 and 2020 were as follows: 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years): 

Operating leases ............................................................................................................      
Finance leases ...............................................................................................................      

Weighted-average discount rate: 

Operating leases ............................................................................................................      
Finance leases ...............................................................................................................      

11.1  
11.9  

3.6%     
5.0%     

September 30, 

2021 

2020 

44,281  
1,792  
2,271  

13,204  
11,625  

11.7  
12.5  

3.6  
5.1  

In addition, during the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company purchased one store building that had previously been 
leased. This resulted in: (i) a $2.5 million reduction in operating lease liability and (ii) the reclassification of $2.4 million of corresponding 
operating right-of-use asset to property and equipment. 

Future lease payments under non-cancellable leases as of September 30, 2021 were as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Fiscal Year  
2022 ..................................................................................    $ 
2023 ..................................................................................      
2024 ..................................................................................      
2025 ..................................................................................      
2026 ..................................................................................      
Thereafter .........................................................................      
Total future undiscounted lease payments ....................      
Less imputed interest ........................................................      
Total reported lease liability .........................................      
Less current portion ..........................................................      
Noncurrent lease liability ..............................................    $ 

Operating 
leases 

Finance 
leases 

Total 

44,717        
43,946        
42,120        
40,417        
37,202        
201,831        
410,233        
(75,030 )      
335,203        
(33,308 )      
301,895        

5,080        
5,176        
5,242        
5,252        
5,295        
30,157        
56,202        
(13,576 )      
42,626        
(3,176 )      
39,450        

49,797   
49,122   
47,362   
45,669   
42,497   
231,988   
466,435   
(88,606 ) 
377,829   
(36,484 ) 
341,345   

The  table  above  excludes  $28.2  million  of  legally  binding  minimum  lease  payments  for leases  that  had  been  executed  as  of 

September 30, 2021 but whose terms had not yet commenced. 

74 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
        
  
       
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
  
 
 
Future minimum rental commitments and sublease rental income under the terms of the Company’s operating and finance leases 

were as follows as of September 30, 2021, dollars in thousands: 

Fiscal Year  
2022 ...................................................................    $ 
2023 ...................................................................      
2024 ...................................................................      
2025 ...................................................................      
2026 ...................................................................      
Thereafter ..........................................................      
Total payments ..................................................    $ 

Third 
parties 

Related 
parties 

Sublease  
rental  
income 

Total  
leases 

48,457       
47,781       
46,021       
44,323       
41,428       
229,303       
457,313       

1,341       
1,341       
1,341       
1,346       
1,069       
2,684       
9,122       

(353 )      
(343 )      
(275 )      
(274 )      
(273 )      
(339 )      
(1,857 )      

49,445   
48,779   
47,087   
45,395   
42,224   
231,648   
464,578   

Future minimum rental commitments under the terms of the Company’s related party leases include $3.4 million pursuant to a 

finance lease and $5.7 million pursuant to operating leases as of September 30, 2021. 

Prior to the Company’s adoption of ASC 842 as of October 1, 2019, the Company’s leases were designated as either capital, 
financing or operating. Consistent with the guidance provided in ASC 842, previously designated capital lease obligations are now classified 
as finance leases, while previously designated capital lease finance obligations have been derecognized and reclassified as operating or 
finance leases. The designation of operating leases remains substantially unchanged under ASC 842. 

Total rent expense, including common area expenses and warehouse rent, for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020, and 
2019 totaled $55.3 million, $54.6 million and $51.6 million, respectively, which is included in cost of goods sold and occupancy costs and 
administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. In addition, $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million is included in 
pre-opening expense associated with rent expense for stores prior to their opening date for the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

12. Share-Based Compensation 

The Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended, the Plan) on July 17, 2012. Restricted stock unit awards 
granted pursuant to the Plan, if they vest, will be settled in new shares of the Company’s common stock or shares of common stock held in 
treasury. At the adoption of the Plan, there were 1,090,151 shares of common stock available for issuance or delivery under the Plan. In 
March 2019, the Company’s stockholders approved a proposal to amend the Plan to: (i) increase the number of shares of common stock 
reserved for issuance thereunder by 600,000 shares and (ii) extend its term by five years. As of September 30, 2021, 407,746 shares of 
common stock remain available for grants under the Plan. The Plan provides for awards of options, stock appreciation rights, stock grants, 
restricted stock units, other share-based awards and cash-based incentive awards to officers, members of the Board and certain employees 
who are not named executive officers and consultants. As of September 30, 2021, restricted stock units had been granted under the Plan, 
at  no  out-of-pocket  cost  to  officers,  Board  members  and  key  employees.  These  restricted  stock  units  vest  subject  to  requisite  service 
requirements, immediately in part or annually in installments over a one-to-five-year period. The award recipients are not entitled to cash 
dividends  or  to  vote  with  regard  to  non-vested  restricted  stock  units,  and  the  units  are  subject  to  forfeiture  during  the  vesting  period. 
Restricted stock units are granted at the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and are expensed on a straight-line basis 
over the vesting period. 

The shares of non-vested restricted stock units as of September 30, 2021 were as follows: 

Shares 

Weighted 
average grant  
date fair value 

Non-vested as of September 30, 2019 ...........................................................................      
Granted .........................................................................................................................      
Forfeited ........................................................................................................................      
Vested ...........................................................................................................................      
Non-vested as of September 30, 2020 ...........................................................................      
Granted .........................................................................................................................      
Forfeited ........................................................................................................................      
Vested ...........................................................................................................................      
Non-vested as of September 30, 2021 ...........................................................................      

316,356     $ 
124,239       
(40,052 )     
(115,286 )     
285,257       
225,660       
(22,974 )     
(99,804 )     
388,139       

10.18  
8.93  
10.53  
11.22  
9.17  
11.22  
8.87  
9.18  
10.38  

During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company awarded stock grants totaling 4,000 shares of the Company’s common 

stock to 40 employees who were not named executive officers. Such shares were fully vested on the grant date. 

75 

  
  
    
    
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
Share-based compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards to certain employees who are not named executive officers 
was  $0.5  million,  $0.8  million  and  $0.8  million  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2021,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  Share-based 
compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards to one named executive officer was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for 
the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Each independent member of the Board receives an annual grant of restricted stock units equal to $60,000 (based on the closing 
price of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant). Such grants are made each year on the date of the Company’s 
annual meeting of stockholders, or on a pro rata basis in the case of a mid-year appointment. Share-based compensation expense for the 
Company’s awards to its Board members was $0.2 million for each of the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

The  Company  recorded  total  share-based  compensation  expense  before  income  taxes  of  $0.9  million,  $1.1  million  and  $1.2 
million in the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The share-based compensation expense is included in cost of 
goods sold and occupancy costs, store expenses or administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income consistent with the 
manner in which the applicable officer, Board member or key employee’s compensation expense is presented. The Company realized a tax 
benefit from share-based compensation of $0.1 million in the year ended September 30, 2021, and did not realize a tax benefit from share-
based compensation expense in the years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. 

As  of  September  30,  2021,  there  was  $2.5  million  of  unrecognized  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to  non-vested 
restricted stock units, net of estimated forfeitures, which the Company anticipates will be recognized over a weighted average period of 
approximately three years. 

13. Stockholders’ Equity 

Share Repurchases 

In May 2016, the Board of Directors (the Board) authorized a two-year share repurchase program pursuant to which the Company 
may repurchase up to $10.0 million in shares of the Company’s common stock. The Board subsequently extended the share repurchase 
program, which will terminate on May 31, 2022. Repurchases under the Company’s share repurchase program may be made from time to 
time at management’s discretion on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements and other 
relevant factors. Repurchases of common stock may also be made under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, which permits common stock to be repurchased 
when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The share repurchase program does not obligate 
the  Company  to  purchase  any  particular  amount  of  common  stock  and  may  be  suspended,  modified  or  discontinued  by  the  Company 
without prior notice. 

The Company did not repurchase any shares during the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. The dollar value of the shares 

of the Company’s common stock that may yet be repurchased under the share repurchase program is $8.3 million. 

During fiscal year 2021, the Company reissued no treasury shares. During fiscal year 2020, the Company reissued 47,222 treasury 
shares at a cost of $0.4 million to satisfy the issuance of common stock pursuant to the vesting of certain restricted stock unit awards and 
the award of stock grants. At September 30, 2021 and 2020 the Company held no shares in treasury. 

14. Related Party Transactions 

The Company has ongoing relationships with related parties as noted: 

Chalet Properties, LLC: The Company has four operating leases and one finance lease (see Note 11) with Chalet. Chalet is owned 
by the Company’s four non-independent Board members, Kemper Isely, Zephyr Isely, Heather Isely and Elizabeth Isely, and other family 
members. Rent paid to Chalet was $1.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and $1.2 million for the year ended 
September 30, 2019. 

Isely Family Land Trust LLC: The Company has one operating lease (see Note 11) with Land Trust. The Land Trust is owned by 
the Isely Children’s Trust and by the Margaret A. Isely Family Trust. Rent paid to the Land Trust was $0.3 million for each of the years 
ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

FTVC LLC: The Company has one operating lease (see Note 11) for a store location with FTVC LLC, which is owned by the 
Company’s four non-independent Board members and other related family members. Rent paid to FTVC LLC was less than $0.1 million 
for each of the years ended September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
15. Income Taxes 

The following are the components of the provision for income taxes as of September 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, 

dollars in thousands: 

2021 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

2019 

Current federal income tax expense (benefit) ............................    $ 
Current state income tax expense ...............................................      
Total current income tax expense (benefit) ................................      

Deferred federal income tax expense .........................................      
Deferred state income tax expense .............................................      
Total deferred income tax expense ............................................      

3,859      
752      
4,611      

836      
28      
864      

Total provision for income taxes ............................................    $ 

5,475      

1,317      
633      
1,950      

3,157      
585      
3,742      

5,692      

(1,981) 
406  
(1,575) 

3,760  
213  
3,973  

2,398  

The differences between the United States federal statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate are as follows: 

Statutory tax rate ........................................................................      
State income taxes, net of federal income tax expense ..............      
Enhanced food deduction ...........................................................      
Deferred tax liability adjustment ................................................      
Other, net ...................................................................................      
Effective tax rate ....................................................................      

21.0%     
3.6  
(0.5) 
0.8  
(3.9) 
21.0%     

21.0      
4.0      
(0.6)     
(0.3)     
(2.0)     
22.1      

21.0  
3.7  
(1.3) 
(0.5) 
(2.6) 
20.3  

2021 

Year ended September 30, 
2020 

2019 

The  Company’s  effective  tax  rate  was  21.0%  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2021  compared  to  22.1%  in  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2020. The Company’s effective tax rate increased from 20.3% in the year ended September 30, 2019 to 22.1% in the year 
ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to a cost segregation study performed resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $0.5 million for 
the year ended September 30, 2019. The Company had a similar tax benefit as a result of the accelerated depreciation allowed under the 
CARES Act related to Qualified Improvement Property for the year ended September 30, 2020. However, due to higher pre-tax income in 
the year ended September 30, 2020, this resulted in a lower impact on the effective rate. 

Deferred taxes have been classified on the consolidated balance sheets as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Long-term assets ...............................................................................................................   $ 
Long-term liabilities ..........................................................................................................     
Net deferred tax liabilities .............................................................................................   $ 

—      
(15,293)     
(15,293)     

—  
(14,429) 
(14,429) 

As of September 30, 

2021 

2020 

77 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
       
        
        
  
  
       
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are 

as follows, dollars in thousands: 

Deferred tax assets 

As of September 30, 

2021 

2020 

Goodwill ............................................................................................................................   $ 
Trademarks ........................................................................................................................     
Finance lease obligations ...................................................................................................     
Operating lease obligations ................................................................................................     
Accrued paid time off ........................................................................................................     
Other ..................................................................................................................................     
Gross deferred tax assets ................................................................................................     

Deferred tax liabilities 

Property and equipment .....................................................................................................     
Finance lease assets ............................................................................................................     
Operating lease assets ........................................................................................................     
Leasehold improvements ...................................................................................................     
Subleases ............................................................................................................................     
Other ..................................................................................................................................     
Gross deferred tax liabilities ..........................................................................................     
Net deferred tax liabilities ..............................................................................................   $ 

238      
613      
10,443      
82,119      
682      
649      
94,744      

(20,477)     
(9,645)     
(77,867)     
(1,652)     
—      
(396)     
(110,037)     
(15,293)     

475  
623  
10,453  
87,947  
771  
821  
101,090  

(19,929) 
(9,855) 
(83,508) 
(1,900) 
(99) 
(228) 
(115,519) 
(14,429) 

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will fully realize all deferred tax assets in the form of future deductions 

based on the nature of the deductible temporary differences and expected future taxable income. 

The Company did not utilize federal income tax carryforwards or federal tax credit carryforwards in the year ended September 
30,  2021.  The  Company  utilized  approximately  $0.2  million  in  tax  effected  federal  income  tax  carryforwards  and  approximately  $0.4 
million  in  federal  tax  credit  carryforwards  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  The  Company  utilized  less  than  $0.1  million  in  tax 
effected state income tax carryforwards in the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. 

The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions as of September 30, 2021 and 2020. 

The Company files income tax returns with federal, state and local tax authorities. With limited exceptions, the Company is no 
longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years 2017 and prior and is no longer subject to state and local income tax 
examinations for fiscal years 2016 and prior. 

16. Defined Contribution Plan 

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan (the Retirement Plan) covering substantially all employees who meet 
certain eligibility requirements as to age and length of service. The Retirement Plan incorporates the salary deferral provisions of Section 
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code). Employees may defer up to the annual maximum limit prescribed 
by the Code. The Company, on a discretionary basis, may match up to 25% of participant contributions up to a maximum annual employer 
match of $2,500. During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company accrued $0.9 million for matching contributions to be paid out 
after the plan year ending December 31, 2021. In January 2021, the Company funded matching contributions of $1.2 million to participants’ 
accounts for the plan year ended December 31, 2020. 

17. Segment Reporting 

The Company has one reporting segment, natural and organic retail stores. The Company’s revenue is derived from the sale of 

natural and organic products at its stores. All existing operations are domestic. 

18. Commitments and Contingencies 

Self-Insurance 

The  Company  is  self-insured  for  certain  losses  relating  to  employee  medical  and  dental  benefits  and  workers  compensation, 
subject to a stop loss policy. The self-insurance liability related to claims under the Company’s health benefit plans is determined based on 
analysis of actual claims. The amounts related to these claims are included as a component of payroll and employee-related expenses in 
accrued expenses. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in part, by considering historical 
claims experience, demographic factors and other actuarial assumptions. While the Company believes that its assumptions are appropriate, 
the  estimated  accrual  for  these  liabilities  could  be  significantly  affected  if  future  occurrences  and  claims  materially  differ  from  these 
assumptions and historical trends. 

78 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
        
  
  
       
        
  
       
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Legal 

In January 2020, a former assistant store manager filed a purported class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the 
District of Colorado on behalf of current and former assistant store managers alleging that the Company violated the Fair Labor Standards 
Act (“FLSA”) and Colorado labor laws by misclassifying the assistant store managers as exempt. The alleged violations relate to failure to 
pay for overtime work. In November 2020, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for conditional certification with regard to the FLSA claim. 
In September 2021, the court ordered 56 opt-in plaintiffs to individual arbitration, leaving 101 FLSA plaintiffs in the FLSA collective 
action. The litigation is currently in the discovery stage. The plaintiffs did not quantify any alleged damages. The Company believes these 
claims are without merit and intends to defend the matter vigorously. Given the preliminary stage of the case and the legal standards that 
must be met for, among other things, class certification, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate at this time the possible range of 
loss, if any, that may result from this action. 

The Company is otherwise periodically involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to the conduct of its business, 
including but not limited to employment discrimination claims, customer injury claims and investigations. When the potential liability from 
a matter can be estimated and the loss is considered probable, the Company records the estimated loss. Due to uncertainties related to the 
resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims, the ultimate outcome may differ from the estimates. Although the Company cannot predict 
with  certainty  the  ultimate  resolution  of  any  lawsuits,  investigations  and  claims  asserted  against  it,  management  does  not  believe  any 
currently pending legal proceeding to which the Company is a party will have a material adverse effect on its financial statements. 

19. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The summarized unaudited quarterly financial data presented below reflect all adjustments, which in the opinion of management 

are of a normal and recurring nature, necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods presented. 

Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data for each fiscal year is as follows, dollars in thousands, except per share data: 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2021 

Three months ended 

December 31, 
2020 

March 31, 
2021 

June 30, 
2021 

September 30, 
2021 

Net sales ......................................................................................................     $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ....................................................       
Gross profit ........................................................................................       
Store expenses ............................................................................................       
Administrative expenses .............................................................................       
Pre-opening expenses .................................................................................       
Operating income ..............................................................................       
Interest expense, net ...................................................................................       
Income before income taxes ..............................................................       
Provision for income taxes .........................................................................       
Net income .........................................................................................     $ 

265,045        
192,020        
73,025        
60,330        
7,304        
189        
5,202        
(510)       
4,692        
(1,060)       
3,632        

259,198         
187,371         
71,827         
58,422         
6,358         
341         
6,706         
(603 )       
6,103         
(1,399 )      
4,704         

258,624         
187,082         
71,542         
57,086         
7,273         
135         
7,048         
(586 )       
6,462         
(1,430 )       
5,032         

Basic earnings per share .............................................................................     $ 
Diluted earnings per share ..........................................................................     $ 

0.16        
0.16        

0.21         
0.21         

0.22         
0.22         

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020 

Three months ended 

272,649   
196,855   
75,794   
58,748   
7,420   
255   
9,371   
(572 ) 
8,799   
(1,586 ) 
7,213   

0.32   
0.32   

December 31, 
2019 

March 31, 
2020 

June 30, 
2020 

September 30, 
2020 

Net sales ......................................................................................................     $ 
Cost of goods sold and occupancy costs ....................................................       
Gross profit ........................................................................................       
Store expenses ............................................................................................       
Administrative expenses .............................................................................       
Pre-opening expenses .................................................................................       
Operating income ..............................................................................       
Interest expense, net ...................................................................................       
Income before income taxes ..............................................................       
Provision for income taxes .........................................................................       
Net income .........................................................................................     $ 

230,030        
169,506        
60,524        
51,427        
5,819        
430        
2,848        
(536)       
2,312        
(444)       
1,868        

277,524         
199,701         
77,823         
56,878         
7,038         
650         
13,257         
(516 )       
12,741         
(3,023 )       
9,718         

265,110         
192,729         
72,381         
58,577         
6,818         
300         
6,686         
(505 )       
6,181         
(1,490 )       
4,691         

Basic earnings per share .............................................................................     $ 
Diluted earnings per share ..........................................................................     $ 

0.08        
0.08        

0.43         
0.43         

0.21         
0.21         

264,178   
191,765   
72,413   
60,187   
7,105   
163   
4,958   
(491 ) 
4,467   
(735 ) 
3,732   

0.17   
0.16   

20. Subsequent Events 

On November 18, 2021, the Board approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share, which will be paid on December 15, 

2021 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 29, 2021. 

79 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
           
           
           
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
  
        
           
           
           
  
  
  
  
  
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 
13a-15(f)  promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

● 

● 

● 

pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  a  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  dispositions  of  our 
transactions and assets; 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being 
made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our 
assets that could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

We have assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2021 using the criteria 
described  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission.  Based  on  our  assessment  of  the  design  and  related  testing  of  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  management 
concluded that, as of September 30, 2021, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial 

reporting. KPMG LLP’s attestation report is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There  were  no  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2021  that 

materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

Our  management,  with  the  participation  of  our  principal  executive  officers  and  principal  financial  and  accounting  officer, 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act as of the end of the 
period covered by this Form 10-K. The evaluation included certain internal control areas in which we have made and are continuing to 
make  changes  to  improve  and  enhance  controls.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management 
recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving 
the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource 
constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative 
to their costs. 

Based  on  that  evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officers  and  principal  financial  and  accounting  officer  concluded  that  our 

disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of September 30, 2021. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

80 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

PART III 

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  information  provided  under  the  headings 
“Executive  Officers  and  Directors,”  “Corporate  Governance”  and  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance”  in  our 
Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of 
September  30,  2021  (the  2022  Proxy  Statement).  We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  establishes  the  standards  of  ethical  conduct 
applicable to all of our directors, officers, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, employees, consultants and 
contractors. Our Code of Ethics is publicly available on our website at www.naturalgrocers.com and we will post any amendments to, or 
waivers from, a provision of this Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation. 

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the information in the 2022 Proxy Statement under 

the headings “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.” 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

The information required by this item concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans and security 
ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the information in the 2022 Proxy Statement under 
the  headings  “Securities  Authorized  for  Issuance  Under  Equity  Compensation  Plans”  and  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial 
Owners and Management.” 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The information required by this item concerning transactions with related persons and director independence is incorporated by 
reference to the information in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and 
“Corporate Governance.” 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services. 

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information in the 2022 Proxy Statement under the 

heading “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Principal Accounting Fees and Services.” 

81 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.  

1. 

Financial Statements: See Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

PART IV 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedules: Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein 
is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes herein. 

3. 

Exhibits 

Exhibit 
Number    
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 
4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

   Form 
  Form S-1   333-

   Exhibit    
  File No.   Number   

Filing Date 

  3.1 

  July 5, 2012 

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation 

  Amended and Restated Bylaws 

  Form S-1   333-

  3.2 

  July 5, 2012 

182186 

  Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 
  Specimen Common Stock Certificate 

182186 

  Form S-1   333-

  4.2 

  July 20, 2012 

182186 

  Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Unit Award 

  Form S-8   333-

  4.2 

  July 27, 2012 

  Form of Registration Rights Agreement 

  Form S-1   333-

  4.3 

  July 5, 2012 

182886 

  Form of Notice of Stock Grant Award 

  Description of Capital Stock 

10.1 

10.2 

  Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., Natural Grocers by Vitamin 
Cottage, Inc. and Sandra M. Buffa, dated June 26, 2012* 
  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan* 

  Form 10-
K 
  Form 10-
K 
  Form 10-
Q 

182186 
  001-
35608 
  001-
35608 
  001-
35608 

  4.5 

  4.6 

  December 5, 2019 

  December 5, 2019 

  10.1 

  June 29, 2012 

  Form S-1   333-

  10.16 

  July 5, 2012 

182186 

10.3 

  Summary of Compensation Arrangements for Non-Employee Directors* 

  Form S-1   333-

  10.17 

  June 29, 2012 

10.4 

  Form of Indemnification Agreement* 

  Form S-1   333-

  10.18 

  June 29, 2012 

182186 

182186 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

  Shopping Center Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated January 1, 2010 
  Ground lease by and between 3801 East Second Avenue, LLC and 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated March 1, 2001 
  Commercial Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated June 1, 2006 
  Sublease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and Vitamin Cottage 
Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated June 1, 2006 
  Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and Vitamin Cottage 
Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated September 1, 2011 
  Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and Boulder Vitamin 
Cottage Group, LLC, dated July 1, 2011 
  Lease by and between Isely Family Land Trust, LLC and Vitamin Cottage 
Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated February 29, 2012 
  Lease by and between Chalet Properties, Austin, LLC and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated February 29, 2012 
  Building Lease by and between Chalet Properties, LLC and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated December 8, 2010 
  Distribution Agreement between United Natural Foods, Inc. and Vitamin 
Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated May 20, 2008# 

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

182186 

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  Form S-1   333-

  10.19 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.2 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.21 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.22 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.23 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.24 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.25 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.26 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.27 

  June 29, 2012 

  10.28 

  June 29, 2012 

82 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
10.15    Addendum A to Distribution Agreement between United Natural Foods, Inc. 

  Form S-1 

  333-182186    10.29    June 29, 

and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated February 27, 2009# 
10.16    Agreement Addendum to Distribution Agreement between United Natural 

Foods, Inc. and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated March 10, 
2012# 

  Form S-1 

  333-182186    10.3 

2012 
  June 29, 
2012 

10.17    Third Amendment to Distribution Agreement between United Natural Foods, 

  Form S-1 

  333-182186    10.31    June 29, 

Inc. and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., dated June 3, 2012# 

2012 

10.18    Form of Stockholders Agreement, by, between and among Natural Grocers by 

  Form S-1 

  333-182186    10.32    July 12, 

Vitamin Cottage, Inc. and the stockholders to be named therein 
10.19    Credit Agreement dated as of January 28, 2016 by and among Vitamin 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders 
Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and L/C 
Issuer 

2012 

  10.39    January 
28, 2016 

10.20    Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of January 28, 2016 by and among 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.4 

Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., Natural Grocers by Vitamin 
Cottage, Inc., Vitamin Cottage Two Ltd. Liability Company, the other 
Obligors thereunder and Bank of America, N.A. 

10.21    Customer Distribution Agreement by and among United Natural Foods, Inc., 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.1 

  January 
28, 2016 

  May 6, 
2021 

Tony’s Fine Foods, Albert’s Organics and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food 
Markets, Inc. dated as of June 21, 2016# 

10.22    First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 2016, by and 
among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent and L/C Issuer 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.42    July 28, 

2016 

10.23    Incentive Compensation Program* 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.43    February 

2, 2017 

10.24    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 6, 2018, by 

  Form 10-K 

  001-35608 

  10.44    December 

and among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender 

7, 2018 

10.25    Autoborrow Agreement dated as of September 6, 2018, by and between 
Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. 

  Form 10-K 

  001-35608 

  10.45    December 

7, 2018 

10.26    Employment offer letter to Todd Dissinger dated December 5, 2017*  

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.46    February 

1, 2018 

10.27    Notice of Grant of Stock Unit Award to Todd Dissinger dated January 2, 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.47    February 

2018* 

10.28    Amendment dated as of May 25, 2018 to Customer Distribution Agreement 
dated as of June 21, 2016 by and among United Natural Foods, Inc., Tony’s 
Fine Foods, Albert’s Organics and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, 
Inc.# 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.48    August 2, 

1, 2018 

2018 

10.29    Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 2012 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as 

  Form 8-K 

  001-35608 

  10.49    March 8, 

amended* 

2019 

10.30    First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 31, 2019 by and between Chalet 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.5 

  August 1, 

Properties, Austin, LLC and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc. 

2019 

10.31    Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 13, 2019, by 

  Form 10-K 

  001-35608 

  10.51    December 

and among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender 

5, 2019 

83 

  
  
 
 
10.32    Amended and Restated Lease, dated August 3, 2020, between Chalet 

  Form 10-Q 

  001-35608 

  10.1 

  August 6, 

Properties of Pueblo, LLC and Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc. 

10.34    Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of November 18, 2020, by 
and among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender 

  Form 8-K 

  001-35608 

  10.1 

10.35    Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 16, 2021, by 

  Form 8-K 

  001-35608 

  10.1 

and among Vitamin Cottage Natural Food Markets, Inc., the Guarantors party 
thereto, the Lenders Party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender 

14 

  Code of Ethics 

21.1 

  List of subsidiaries 

  Form 10-K 

  001-35608 

  14 

  Form 10-K 

  001-35608 

  21.1 

2020 

  November 
24, 2020 

  September 
22, 2021 

  December 
13, 2012 
  December 
13, 2012 

23.1 
31.1 

  Consent of KPMG LLP 
  Certification of Kemper Isely, a Principal Executive Officer Required Under 

  — 
  — 

Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.2 

  Certification of Zephyr Isely, a Principal Executive Officer Required Under 

  — 

Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

31.3 

  Certification of Todd Dissinger, Principal Financial Officer Required Under 

  — 

Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

32.1 

  Certification of Principal Executive Officers and Principal Financial Officer 
Required Under 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002† 

  — 

  — 
  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

  — 

101 

The  following  materials  from  Natural  Grocers  by  Vitamin  Cottage,  Inc.’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii)
Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  (iv)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in
Stockholders’ Equity, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

104 

  Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). 

*Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

#  Confidential portions have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. 

† The certifications attached as Exhibit 32.1 that accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K, are not deemed filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. under 
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of 
this Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing. 

84 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on December 9, 2021. 

SIGNATURES 

Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc. 

By: 

/s/ KEMPER ISELY 
Kemper Isely, 
Its Co-President 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Name 

Title 

Date 

/s/ KEMPER ISELY 
Kemper Isely 

(Principal Executive Officer, Co-President, 

   Director) 

December 9, 2021

/s/ ZEPHYR ISELY 
Zephyr Isely 

(Principal Executive Officer, Co-President, 

   Director) 

December 9, 2021

/s/ TODD DISSINGER 
Todd Dissinger 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, 

   Chief Financial Officer) 

December 9, 2021

/s/ ELIZABETH ISELY 
Elizabeth Isely 

/s/ HEATHER ISELY 
Heather Isely 

   Director 

   Director 

/s/ EDWARD CERKOVNIK 
Edward Cerkovnik 

   Director 

/s/ RICHARD HALLÉ 
Richard Hallé 

/s/ DAVID ROONEY 
David Rooney 

   Director 

   Director 

December 9, 2021

December 9, 2021

December 9, 2021

December 9, 2021

December 9, 2021

85 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
This page intentionally left blank

This page intentionally left blank

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

KEMPER ISELY  Chairman of the Board

HEATHER ISELY  Corporate Secretary 

  Chair of the Compensation Committee

DAVID ROONEY   Chair of the Audit Committee

 EDWARD CERKOVNIK

RICHARD HALLÉ

ELIZABETH ISELY

ZEPHYR ISELY

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

KEMPER ISELY  Co-President

ZEPHYR ISELY  Co-President

ELIZABETH ISELY  Executive Vice President

HEATHER ISELY  Executive Vice President

TODD DISSINGER  Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ORDERING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

A copy of our 2021 Annual Report and Form 10-K may be obtained  
by written, phone or email requests to:
Mail: 

Investor Relations
Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.
12612 West Alameda Parkway
Lakewood, Colorado 80228

Email: IR@NaturalGrocers.com
Phone: 303-986-4600

VIRTUAL ANNUAL MEETING

March 2, 2022
1:00 pm Mountain Time
The 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held virtually and a live  
webcast will be available via the Internet at:  
www.virtualshareholdermeeting.com/NGVC2022 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Information about stock certificates, address changes, ownership transfers or other stock 
matters can be obtained from American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC via:
Mail:  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

6201 15th Avenue,
Brooklyn, NY 11219

Email:  help@astfinancial.com 
Phone:  1-800-937-5449
Hearing Impaired (TTY): 1-866-703-9077 or 718-921-8386
Web:  www.ASTfinancial.com

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

KPMG LLP

TRADING INFORMATION

The common stock of Natural Grocers by Vitamin Cottage, Inc.  
is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol: NGVC).

 
 
 
 
 
 
Columbia, MO

HIGHEST QUALITY STANDARDS

NUTRITION EDUCATION

ALWAYS AFFORDABLE PRICING